Business RadioX ®

  • Home
  • Business RadioX ® Communities
    • Southeast
      • Alabama
        • Birmingham
      • Florida
        • Orlando
        • Pensacola
        • South Florida
        • Tampa
        • Tallahassee
      • Georgia
        • Atlanta
        • Cherokee
        • Forsyth
        • Greater Perimeter
        • Gwinnett
        • North Fulton
        • North Georgia
        • Northeast Georgia
        • Rome
        • Savannah
      • Louisiana
        • New Orleans
      • North Carolina
        • Charlotte
        • Raleigh
      • Tennessee
        • Chattanooga
        • Nashville
      • Virginia
        • Richmond
    • South Central
      • Arkansas
        • Northwest Arkansas
    • Midwest
      • Illinois
        • Chicago
      • Michigan
        • Detroit
      • Minnesota
        • Minneapolis St. Paul
      • Missouri
        • St. Louis
      • Ohio
        • Cleveland
        • Columbus
        • Dayton
    • Southwest
      • Arizona
        • Phoenix
        • Tucson
        • Valley
      • Texas
        • Austin
        • Dallas
        • Houston
    • West
      • California
        • Bay Area
        • LA
        • Pasadena
      • Colorado
        • Denver
      • Hawaii
        • Oahu
  • FAQs
  • About Us
    • Our Mission
    • Our Audience
    • Why It Works
    • What People Are Saying
    • BRX in the News
  • Resources
    • BRX Pro Tips
    • B2B Marketing: The 4Rs
    • High Velocity Selling Habits
    • Why Most B2B Media Strategies Fail
    • 9 Reasons To Sponsor A Business RadioX ® Show
  • Partner With Us
  • Veteran Business RadioX ®

Decision Vision Episode 48: Should I Hire a Business Development Professional? – An Interview with Susan O’Dwyer, Aprio, and Ann McDonald, Morris Manning & Martin, LLP

January 23, 2020 by John Ray

Should I Hire a Business Development Professional
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 48: Should I Hire a Business Development Professional? - An Interview with Susan O'Dwyer, Aprio, and Ann McDonald, Morris Manning & Martin, LLP
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Should I Hire a Business Development Professional
Susan O’Dwyer and Ann McDonald

Decision Vision Episode 48: Should I Hire a Business Development Professional? – An Interview with Susan O’Dwyer, Aprio, and Ann McDonald, Morris Manning & Martin, LLP

What qualities should I look for in a business development professional? What makes a business development professional successful? The answers to these questions and much more come in this discussion with two accomplished business development professionals:  Susan O’Dwyer, Aprio, and Ann McDonald, Morris Manning & Martin, LLP. “Decision Vision” is hosted by Mike Blake and presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Susan O’Dwyer, Aprio

Susan O’Dwyer

Susan O’Dwyer is Director of Corporate Citizenship and Community Relations at Aprio. Susan’s specialty lies in the technology and venture capital industries, two industries that go together hand-in-hand. She is known throughout the Atlanta business community for her passion for connections, which resulted in Susan being recognized as one of the Top 50 women you need to know in Atlanta by the Atlanta Business Chronicle, as one of the 100 most influential people in the tech community and as a finalist for the 2012 Turknett Leadership Character Awards.

Some of her affiliations include the American-Israel Public Affairs Committee, Board Member of the Ron Clark Academy, and the Metro Atlanta Chamber of Commerce’s Technology Marketing Committee’s Venture Capital Program Chairperson. In addition, Susan and her son led efforts for relief for Tuscaloosa, Alabama, after their devastating tornadoes in 2011.

Since their founding in 1952, Aprio has grown to be the largest independent, full-service CPA-led professional services firm based in Atlanta, Georgia. Their over 450 partners and associates provide their best thinking and personal commitment to every client, demonstrating a passion for their work that fuels client success.

Aprio provides advisory, assurance, tax, cloud accounting and private client services across a variety of sectors, including insurance, manufacturing and distribution, non-profit, education, professional services, real estate, construction, retail, franchise, hospitality, technology, and biosciences.

You can find Susan on LinkedIn, and for more information on Aprio, go to their website.

Ann McDonald, Morris, Manning & Martin, LLP

Ann McDonald

Ann McDonald is a Director of Business Development of Corporate Technology and Healthcare IT at Morris, Manning & Martin, LLP. Prior to Morris Manning, Ann was been a regional sales director at INVeSHARE, a managing consultant for Gallup Organization, and vice president of marketing, e-commerce and various roles at Walsh Healthcare Solutions for over 10 years. Some of Ann’s affiliations’ activities include Chair of the Board of Directors of the Technology Executives Roundtable, member of the Board of Directors of the FinTech Society, the Technology Association of Georgia, member of the Board of Directors at the Southeastern Software Association of the Technology Association of Georgia, and past chair of the Southeast Medical Device Association Annual Conference.

Morris, Manning & Martin is an American law 200 law firm with national and international reach. They dedicate themselves to the constant pursuit of their clients’ success. To provide their clients with optimal value, they combined market-leading legal services with a total understanding of their needs to maximize effectiveness, efficiency, and opportunity. Morris Manning enjoys national prominence for its real estate, corporate litigation, technology, health care, intellectual property, energy and infrastructure capital markets, environmental, international trade, and insurance practices. Morris Manning has offices in Atlanta, Raleigh-Durham, Savannah, Columbus, GA, Washington, DC, and Beijing.

You can find Ann on LinkedIn, and for more information on Morris Manning, go to their website.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

should i hire a business development professional“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio, Richmond, Indiana, and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:02] So, today, we’re going to talk about hiring a dedicated business development professional. And I started to become interested in this topic a couple of years ago when I read a book called Built to Sell. And I forget who wrote it but if you Google it, you’ll find it. And if you’re interested in kind of the process of building a business that has value that can be sold and monetized, I highly recommend it as it is not a technical book.

Mike Blake: [00:01:29] In fact, it’s basically a book that sets up a hypothetical marketing services firm and walks through the conversations that take place to understand where value comes from and what it takes to build a business to sell it. And one of the things that struck me about one of the pieces of advice they give in that book is, does your company have the ability to sell when the owner themselves is not doing the selling?

Mike Blake: [00:01:57] And I think that’s a really smart point, because if the revenue is primarily dependent upon the owner, then when the owner sells and drops her keys off and they move to a condo in Costa Rica, then, you know, what value remains in the business? Perhaps some, but not a whole lot. And so, what I found myself doing as I appraise businesses myself and as I advise people on building their businesses and preparing to sell them is to think about very early, you know, how can you create systems and resources and processes and assets that generate revenue when you’re away, right?

Mike Blake: [00:02:38] And the litmus test, I often ask people and I’ll ask this in a management interview, you know, if you go away and you’re abroad and your cellphone breaks for six weeks, what happens to your business? And sometimes, yeah, the business is great. In other times as well, I probably don’t have a business when I come back. And that’s very telling. And typically, the reason that you don’t have a business when you come back is because you don’t have somebody that is a full-time salesperson.

Mike Blake: [00:03:06] So, to me, that’s a very important inflection point. Now, here’s the challenge and the other reason I think this is a very interesting topic, as I approach my 50th trip around the sun here, I’ve seen a lot of salespeople come and go in a number of roles, a number of places where I’ve been, where there’s been services, venture capital, technology, and so forth. And one conclusion I’ve drawn over the years is I think that the hardest role to hire for in any company is sales.

Mike Blake: [00:03:41] And the reason I think that is, you know, not only because I’ve seen a pretty high failure rate over the years, but because quite candidly, salespeople may not necessarily be successful selling what they’re supposed to sell, but they’re often very good at selling themselves. And so, as a business owner, how do you kind of cut through the veneer and the facade and find out not only can that person sell, are they willing to sell? It’s amazing.

Mike Blake: [00:04:13] If you read sales books, you’ll read about how salespeople themselves are reluctant to sell, right? It’s something called call reluctance and so forth. And that’s what they signed up for. But it’s still hard to get salespeople to do that. So, you know, step one is the side that you want to have a dedicated business development person. Second then is, how do you make an assessment as to whether or not that person can and is actually willing to do what is asked of them in that role?

Mike Blake: [00:04:40] And then, third and finally and I see this in professional services, how do you hire somebody and structure that role? So that if you’re not a practitioner, you can still have success in that role. And I being in the accounting industry, we’re certainly guilty of this. It’s tempting to fall into the trap of saying, well, you know, unless you can give technical advice on the spot, you can’t possibly sell. It has to be someone that’s a really good account lawyer, business appraiser, foundation repair specialist, whatever it is, but that’s not necessarily the case.

Mike Blake: [00:05:22] I’m not saying that’s easy. It’s hard, but there’s a big difference between hard and impossible. So, I hope with that preamble, I’ve convinced you that this is a rich topic. And if you’re a business owner and executive decision maker, I think you’re going to learn a lot today from the two guests that we have. So, without further ado, I’d like to introduce our guests. And these are two people that have been good friends of mine in the community for a very long time.

Mike Blake: [00:05:51] I consider them not only friends, but I consider them the mentors. And often, even if I don’t necessarily speak with them as often as I would like, I think of them a lot, especially when I have a decision that I have to make, I think. And I ask myself, you know, what would they do? If I were talking to them, what would they say? And I know them well enough that I know what they’re going to say. If I have to ask the question, I’ve already failed.

Mike Blake: [00:06:12] So, first up, in no particular order, then I just simply decide to write these bios in that order is my dear friend Susan O’Dwyer, who is a Director at Aprio, which of whom I’m an alumnus and they’re are friendly competitor of ours and is a Director of Corporate Citizenship and Community Relations. Aprio is a premier CPA-led professional services firm, where thriving associates serve thriving clients. And on a side note, I’ve always thought that re-branding is fantastic and very effective.

Mike Blake: [00:06:43] Their purpose is clear. They advise clients that they can achieve what’s next, whatever that may be. Since its founding in 1952, Aprio has grown to be the largest independent full-service CPA-led professional services firm based in Atlanta, Georgia. They have over 450 partners and associates that provide their best thinking and personal commitment to every client demonstrating a passion for their work that fuels their client’s success. Susan’s specialty lies in the technology and venture capital industries.

Mike Blake: [00:07:09] And she’s one of the founders of something called Shaking the Money Tree from PWC. And if you’ve ever read or relied upon that publication, that is at least, in part, her brainchild. So, thank her. She’s known throughout the Atlanta business community for her passion for connections, which resulted in Susan being recognized one of the top 50 women you need to know in Atlanta by the Atlanta Business Chronicle as one of the 100 most influential people in the tech community and as a finalist for the 2012 Turknett Leadership Character Awards.

Mike Blake: [00:07:41] As a director of corporate citizenship and community relations, Susan access the main point of coordination regarding civic and community activities throughout the firm. Her role is to maintain open communication with civic leaders and community partners, creating goodwill on behalf of Aprio. So, having read that, why is she here? Well, before she took that role, she was a director of business development I’m guessing for about seven or eight years or so-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:08:03] Eleven….

Mike Blake: [00:08:04] … where frankly, she kicked butt. And then, she was later promoted into this particular role. But don’t let the kind face fool you, she understands her stuff. Some of her affiliations are the American-Israel Public Affairs Committee, the Ron Clark Academy, where she’s a board member and a big cheerleader for that organization, the Metro Atlanta Chamber of Commerce’s Technology Marketing Committee’s Venture Capital Program chairperson. And she and her son also led efforts for relief for Tuscaloosa, Alabama, after their devastating tornadoes in 2011. And I wish we had time because I would love to get her to talk about her Lady Gaga story, which I tell all the time and it just bust a gut. But maybe, we’ll have to have her back for a second podcast. So, Susan, thanks for coming on the program.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:08:52] Thank you for having me, Mike. It’s a pleasure to be here.

Mike Blake: [00:08:55] And sitting to her left is my other dear friend, Ann McDonald, who is Director of Business Development of Corporate Technology and HealthcareIT at Morris, Manning & Martin, a role she has held for 13 years. Like Susan, Ann is one of the most respected people in the Atlanta technology community. Morris, Manning & Martin is an American law 200 law firm with national and international reach. They dedicate themselves to the constant pursuit of their clients’ success.

Mike Blake: [00:09:20] To provide their clients with optimal value, they combined market-leading legal services with a total understanding of their needs to maximize effectiveness, efficiency, and opportunity. Morris Manning enjoys national prominence for its real estate, corporate litigation, technology, health care, intellectual property, energy and infrastructure capital markets, environmental, international trade, and insurance practices. Basically, everything. Morris Manning has offices in and around Atlanta, Raleigh, Durham, Savannah and Washington, D.C. Man, I would love a chance to tour the Savannah office, I love that city.

Mike Blake: [00:09:51] Prior to the role at Morris Manning, Ann has been a regional sales director at INVeSHARE, a managing consultant for Gallup Organization and vice president of marketing, e-commerce and various roles at Walsh Healthcare Solutions for over 10 years. Some of Ann’s affiliations’ activities include chair of the Board of Directors of Technology Executives Roundtable, member of the Board of Directors of the FinTech Society, the Technology Association of Georgia, member of the Board of Directors at the Southeastern Software Association of the Technology Association of Georgia, and past chair of the Southeast Medical Device Association Annual Conference. Ann, thanks for coming on.

Ann McDonald: [00:10:26] Thank you.

Mike Blake: [00:10:27] So, you guys are pretty busy, so thank you for finding time to come on the program and come out here to be on it. Asking people to travel in Atlanta is in itself a big ask. So, Ann, let me start with you. I mean, we’ve done sort of the formal introductions, but how would you describe your role at Morris Manning? When you do your own elevator pitch, what do you say?

Ann McDonald: [00:10:49] Well, let’s look at, what do I get paid to do?

Mike Blake: [00:10:54] Okay.

Ann McDonald: [00:10:54] So, I can tell you my title, but really, I get paid to help bring in new clients. And that’s through lead generation. It’s meeting with referral sources, strategic partners, it’s being part of technology, the technology ecosystem and community to meet companies and refer those companies into our firm for legal services.

Mike Blake: [00:11:18] And Susan, how about you? And let’s talk more. I’d like to start with your current role and then, kind of go back to your prior role in terms of business development. How do you describe your current role at Aprio?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:11:29] So, my current role is to identify nonprofits where we can make a difference through my colleagues’ financial background by serving on those boards. And as a result, further our reach, our footprint across the community and identify new opportunities where we might not have met those executives in their role as a CEO or CFO of whatever company it is, but instead, through a mutual-shared passion for whatever the cause of the nonprofit is, people have the opportunity to connect.

Mike Blake: [00:12:05] And before that, you were director of business development and you were the grand poobah of sales for-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:12:13] Hardly.

Mike Blake: [00:12:13] … Aprio, formerly known as Habif, Arogeti & Wynne, talk about that role.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:12:18] So, that role started because the firm realized that if they were going to grow the way they wanted to at the time that I joined the firm 12 years ago, I don’t think there were even 100 people there. And if the firm wanted to grow the way they wanted to, they’re going to need to cast a much wider net. So, I was recommended to the firm and joined to open doors that they had not even thought to knock on before. My Rolodex is very different than the Rolodex of the people that were already there. My job is not to supplant the partners, my job still is to supplement what they are working, who they were working with by identifying just like an additional client, prospects referral sources that can bring new business to the firm.

Mike Blake: [00:13:13] And to be clear, Susan, you’re not an accountant and you’re not a lawyer, correct?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:13:18] That’s correct. CPA is just three letters in the alphabet to me. No, I’m not an accountant.

Mike Blake: [00:13:22] Yeah. And same here, right? I tell people, if I answer an accounting question, it’s instantly a malpractice. I don’t even do my own taxes. So, as non-practitioners, how do you think that impacted or impacts your ability to communicate the value of what you’re selling to the marketplace? Do you think that gives you a different perspective that is helpful? Do you think it holds you back in some way? What do you guys think? Ann, why don’t you start?

Ann McDonald: [00:13:53] Okay. Well, I have a background in business and I’ve, as you said, never worked for a law firm before. But when I talk to companies, I talk about their business with them, ask them questions about it, and find out what their needs are and then, refer them to the subject matter expert within our firm who can help their businesses grow through legal practices. Also, one of the things that I do is to help prevent the value-added services that we’re known for.

Ann McDonald: [00:14:30] So, I leverage my network of relationships to help that company grow as one of our clients. So, it could be introductions to sources of capital, it could be introductions to organizations where they will meet prospects, strategic partners of their own and then, also introduce them to potential clients who are also clients of ours. So, those are things that don’t have to do with providing legal services, but it’s a value add for our clients.

Mike Blake: [00:15:08] And Susan, how about yourself? Was not being a CPA, that gives you any kind of advantage in the market? And were there times where you felt like maybe it held you back in some way?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:15:21] So, I was a journalism major. I never took a class in business in my life. But what I was taught was how to get the story out of a person so that we could tell it to our readers. Okay. So, I ask a lot of questions. I don’t talk a lot other than to ask questions. And as Ann suggested, that’s really just to identify what colleague would be the best source of answer for whatever it is their question is. In some ways, I think it’s been a benefit not being an accountant, because I don’t have a clue what the answer is. So, I can really focus on figuring out what their question is.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:16:01] Sometimes, the client doesn’t exactly know, but by me rephrasing back to them what I hear them saying, sometimes, we’ve redirected what it was they thought they needed to something else. The other thing I would say is that I obviously can’t speak for lawyers, but for the accountants that I work with, sometimes, I think they can be very focused on what it is they know, but they’re not so comfortable with maybe what our other colleagues do. So, it’s being able to recognize opportunity for anybody in the firm as just opposed to what it is they specifically are able to do, which means we have a lot better shot of bringing them in as a client.

Mike Blake: [00:16:49] And that’s something. So, I want to follow-up on that. When you’re a practitioner and I am a practitioner, it is easy to fall into the trap that no matter what you see, it looks like something you do, right? There’s a saying that when you’re a hammer, everything looks like a nail, right? So, if I was an auditor and I’m talking to a potential client, then I’m thinking in terms of, how would an audit help this client, right?

Mike Blake: [00:17:15] Because that’s how I’m wired. Not that you’re a bad person, but that’s just sort of what your world view is, whereas the proper treatment of that conversation is to probe and maybe audit falls out of that, maybe tax falls out of that, maybe something entirely different falls out of that. And as more of a generalist, if I can use that for lack of a better term, that positions you and empowers you to, I guess, becoming more broadly curious.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:17:42] The other thing I would say is that, well, it’s my job to help identify what the issue is and who the right subject matter expert is. I don’t have to know how to do what it is the subject matter experts do, I just have to listen for what are the trigger words for opportunity for every single line of service or business skill set that we have and then, be able to direct them to that. So, I can give you an example if you would like.

Mike Blake: [00:18:14] Yeah. Great. We love war stories.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:18:15] Okay. So, I am sitting at a table for a dinner that has assigned seats at a nonprofit that I’ve been on the board of for 20-something years. And I sit next to a person who I have no idea how I miss this man, but in 20-something years, I’ve never, ever laid eyes on him. And I asked him about what he did and how long he’d been involved in the organization, so and so forth. And he tells me about his company. It’s a software company.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:18:39] And almost as a throwaway line, the very last thing that he says to me after he’s described his company is, “We just invested $5 million in a new software that we’re going to be rolling out to our clients, which are national in the next couple of months.” And I said, “Oh, did you get the R&D tax credit?” He said, “I don’t know what that is.” And I said, “Well, the State will give you money back if your developers are in Georgia.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:19:06] So, if you send the work to be done in another country or another state, they’re not going to pay, but if it’s here in Georgia-” He says, “Well, yeah. It’s here in Georgia”, and he named the town. And he said, “Tell me more.” And I said, “I have just told you everything I know about it. But tomorrow morning, I can have one of my colleagues, we have 25 people who specialize in this area help you. Here’s my number, call me at 8 o’clock.” Okay. I don’t ever have a problem finding a colleague who’s available for an opportunity-

Mike Blake: [00:19:37] Yeah. Sure.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:19:37] Okay. That’s not a problem.

Mike Blake: [00:19:37] Yeah.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:19:39] So, I didn’t have to know how to do the tax credit study, I just had to recognize the opportunity when he said we just invested $5 million.

Mike Blake: [00:19:49] Yeah.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:19:49] So-

Mike Blake: [00:19:51] Okay. So, Ann, I want to ask you this question, Susan touched upon this about five minutes ago, but I’m curious and I’ve never asked kind of your origin story, how did you come to land at Morris Manning?

Ann McDonald: [00:20:04] Well, it’s interesting. I came to Atlanta in 2004. I worked for the Gallup Organization as a consultant and executive coach. And then, I was here for about a year working for Gallup, then was attracted to another startup in the FinTech area and worked there for about a year. And I work for John Yates and a friend of John’s who I also knew had heard that John was looking for someone who had sales background and was not an attorney, but understood the sales process. And so, he put us together and I interviewed with John and he was looking for someone. So, that’s how it happened.

Mike Blake: [00:20:56] And why did you feel, at that time, that that was a good role for you, that that was a platform where you could be successful?

Ann McDonald: [00:21:04] That’s interesting, because I don’t know that I could ever do that for another law firm. It was John. John Yates’ personality, is how dynamic he ran his sales processes. It was operated more like a real corporation rather than sort of a slow process. I was used to very fast, very successful operations. And it was the way he viewed the market. Also, the way they view their clients. This group is much more than a transactional law firm, they believe in relationships. And look at new clients or look at all the clients as, “How can I make your business grow? What can I do to help you in areas other than, ‘Well, just call us when you need a transaction of some means.'” So, that was a big difference and the reason I was attracted to working for an industry that was foreign to me.

Mike Blake: [00:22:20] So, an interesting thing that’s already emerging is you two likes to ask a lot of questions.

Ann McDonald: [00:22:27] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:22:27] Right? And I think that’s an important point. It gets back to, how do you interview somebody for a role like this? We both know there are people out in the marketplace that sell by telling basically.

Ann McDonald: [00:22:40] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:22:40] Right? And, you know, maybe the 1960s and ’70s, there’s some effectiveness to that, but I’m not sure that’s very successful-

Ann McDonald: [00:22:48] No.

Mike Blake: [00:22:50] … today. And I think that most people I observe who try to sell by telling, I think you get some people that bite on that, but I think that the success rate is a lot less. So, is it fair to say that if I’m looking to hire somebody like you, probing for somebody that likes to ask a lot of questions might be a good thing to look for? Is that fair?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:23:11] Not only is it fair, but I think maybe another way to say it, Mike, is it’s far better to be someone who is interested and interesting. I don’t ever want to make it about me. I was going to make it about the other person. And so, I’m not the story. My colleagues are the story. But in order to get the story, I have to find out what it is that person really needs. And like I said before, sometimes, the prospect doesn’t even know exactly what it is they need or they think they know what they need. But by asking of questions, you find out that that’s maybe not exactly what the issue is.

Mike Blake: [00:23:50] And, you know, talk about that journalism background being helpful, right? I mean, journalism is the practice of asking questions often from people who don’t want to answer questions.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:24:00] Well, I try not to be Mike Wallace.

Mike Blake: [00:24:01] Right.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:24:04] But-

Mike Blake: [00:24:04] So, let me go back, too, because Ann said something that segues nicely into this. You know, you’re successful. I know how successful you were and have been at Aprio. And I’m curious, what about that platform, when you’re in that role, puts you in a position to be successful? And I ask that because if I’m a listener, I’m thinking, gee, I’d love somebody like Susan or Ann to come to my company, but it’s just not to hire, I think I’ve got to create an environment for them to be successful.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:24:35] So, the way a public accounting firm works is that there are X number of partners that are all co-owners of the firm. And at Aprio, the way it works is there is a place for partners who, obviously, they’re all very good technically, but some of them are just more outgoing than others. So, it kind of became accepted practice that some of them were very, very good at rainmaking and others would probably rather eat a box of rocks than have to go out and talk to, you know, prospects.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:25:11] So, because I just have never really been afraid of talking to people I don’t know, it doesn’t scare me, my role was to open doors where they hadn’t been before. We had a technology practice. They didn’t know before I came very many venture capitalists. Interestingly enough, venture capital was kind of maybe is not as strong today as private equity was, but 20-something years ago, that was the flip. And so, because of my prior role, I knew a lot of those people.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:25:56] And it was just a question of trading on your name, honestly, to open doors for the new firm. And if you do what you say you’re going to do. Even if people know she’s a salesperson, but they don’t view me that way because they view me as, when I call them, I’m calling them with something for them, usually not asking for something. In this case, I was asking for a meeting to make an introduction and all that could come from it would be more business for both sides, right? So, it’s a win-win.

Mike Blake: [00:26:33] Yeah.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:26:34] So, that’s what I did was I just opened doors. And I had had a 20-plus-year career at one big four firm before I came to Aprio and before that, a 10-year career at another big four firm. So, I’ve always been a words person in the number’s world.

Mike Blake: [00:26:52] So, in those firms that you worked in, was there anything they did or maybe could have done better to put you in a position to be more successful? And I’ve asked that question because I’d like to try to drill down to if one of our listeners decides that they want to go the route of hiring somebody like you or maybe it doesn’t matter, maybe I’m asking a question that I think I know the answer to and I actually don’t, does it matter? Or, is hiring the right person with the right approach, with the right Rolodex so important that maybe it’s just, get out of their way and let them do their thing?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:27:31] So, to answer a couple questions or comments that you’ve made, the first is I made sure it was never about me. It’s always about helping others. And you alluded to the fact that there’s been a very high turnover rate among salespeople, typically. I think there are some people that want it to be about them. I didn’t know that there was an expression. I mean, this was 30-something years ago, which I don’t know that had been exactly coined yet or I hadn’t heard it called servant leadership.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:28:03] It’s never about me, it’s always about taking care of other people, hopefully. And that’s where I get my satisfaction from. I don’t need to be the star. As a matter of fact, I don’t even want to be on stage. I’m way more happy to be behind the curtain pulling the levers and strings. So, that’s number one. Number two, I would say, is I think you have to be willing to let others be the star and too many salespeople, my observation why they’re not successful is that they want to be the star.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:28:37] And that just isn’t helpful for either our colleagues who really are the stars, because as Ann referred to them as subject matter experts, they’re the ones who have the answers, not me. And then, the other thing is, really, it needs to be all about the client or prospect, not about the salesperson. So, just turn the I pronoun out of your vocabulary and just pretend it doesn’t exist. And that’s the way to think about it.

Mike Blake: [00:29:10] So, Ann, you’ve been in your role for a long time and I suspect but don’t know, you’ve probably seen others in that role, whether it’s in your firm where others sort of come and go. Why are you different? Why do you think you’re different? I’m not going to use the word special, because you’ll never let me get away with that.

Ann McDonald: [00:29:29] No.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:29:29] But she’s wonderful.

Mike Blake: [00:29:29] But I think you’ll get away with different.

Ann McDonald: [00:29:30] No.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:29:30] She is wonderful.

Ann McDonald: [00:29:32] Thank you.

Mike Blake: [00:29:32] But there is something different, right? You know, it’s, if you’re around, say, a year longer than everybody else, that’s a statistical anomaly. When it’s a lot longer than anybody else, clearly, there’s something structural there. And if you want to talk about yourself, that’s fine. Maybe just contrast with what others have done, where they have not been successful, what mistakes do you see other salespeople make?

Ann McDonald: [00:29:56] Well, I think Susan touched on it. I think it’s important as a business developer salesperson that you have the maturity to understand the sales process with a service organization. And the important person or people in the equation will be the company and the attorney who they had the relationship with or attorneys, multiple relationships. And for a sales person, you have to understand, as Susan said, you are not the key person. You are not the key personality. You are the go-between and the facilitator for the relationship.

Ann McDonald: [00:30:47] The company has to have the primary relationship with the attorney in our case. And because that’s who they will trust, who they are relying on to help them make very important decisions about the future of their company and their employees. And so, the business developer or salesperson has to understand that. It’s also a different role than I have had as a salesperson in the past. And I don’t close the relationship. I don’t close the win. I make the introduction to our attorney. And then, it’s a hand-off. And I can’t close the win.

Mike Blake: [00:31:40] Right.

Ann McDonald: [00:31:41] So, that takes another level, I think, of understanding and-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:31:52] Acceptance.

Ann McDonald: [00:31:52] … actions. In that, I help coach the attorney. You know, it’s such a hard position to be the one who’s making the widget, the one who’s providing the service and then, also the salesperson. And you have those two distinct roles in companies, but you don’t as attorneys. So, I help coach the attorney. I mean, they’re working on deals. They’re creating the legal product. But then, they also need to nurture the relationships of prospects. And as I tell them, “Don’t dig the well when you’re thirsty. You need to be part of the sales process all along, even though you’re very busy with providing the services.” But I will coach attorneys and help them with closing the deal, getting the client in. But that primary relationship is with them.

Mike Blake: [00:32:54] So, one thing that falls out of both of what you said and another kind of talking point is I think a common thread is humility. And I’m sure it sounds intuitive to the two of you, but if you think about how we portray somebody who’s in sales in the media, right? Good thing about Glengarry Glen Ross, right? Always be closing hard-charging high-ego, right? And you sort of have to own everything.

Mike Blake: [00:33:27] But in my experience, I’m curious about if you agree, you know, in a lot of way, in a lot of respects, business development can kind of be like trying to swing a baseball bat to tighter your grip at the less while it works, right? The harder you try, in some respects, the less it works, right? So, is it fair to say that if I’m interviewing somebody for that role, another thing I would look for, besides curiosity and the ability and desire to ask questions, I guess is also, frankly, some humility to it.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:33:59] It’s a funny line that you walk because you have to be confident enough that you can call on a CEO or a CFO and expect that that person is going to take your call because you have some prior relationship and respect with each other. But then, you also have to be willing to take a step back once that person has agreed to meet with you, that someone else is really the reason why they’re there. So, it is a little bit odd.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:34:29] I think you’re also looking, for your listeners, for some ideas about what are things that are helpful when you are looking to hire a business development person. I would say the other thing is don’t look for someone who expects this to be a regular job, a 9:00 to 5:00 job, I mean. There are countless breakfasts and dinners that Ann and I have been at that require very, very long days. It’s almost like a school bus driver. You’re really busy in the morning, you’re really busy in the evening.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:35:01] And then, your kind of in the middle of the day is when you’re doing all of your prep work for the next couple of meetings. But when you are going to these meetings, you’re not just walking in cold, you’re doing your homework ahead of time. What is the group about? Who can I expect to be there? Are there people that I am particularly looking for? How do I connect people who I meet there with resources that will be helpful for them? All of that is happening before or after meetings. But it is a lot of very long days and you have to find people who are willing to make those kinds of time commitments, I think.

Ann McDonald: [00:35:38] I also think there typically are two different kinds of salespeople, hunters and farmers. And I think this is a combination of those roles. You have to really be hungry and be a hunter, but you also have to be a farmer. In that, you’re nurturing relationships, you’re doing coaching. There are some additional characteristics besides just being the Glengarry Glen Ross. You know, dialing for dollars kind of-

Mike Blake: [00:36:13] Right. Coffees for closers.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:36:15] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:36:16] Yeah. And that balance is going to depend a lot, I think, on the nature of the industry that you’re-

Ann McDonald: [00:36:23] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:36:23] Right? And professional services, a lot of farming because that person may or may not need that service to a particular point in time, right? For me, it can be a two-year sales cycle. Maybe accounting-less, because everybody needs to file a tax return or some someplace in the middle. On the other hand, if it’s somebody that does flood remediation, then that’s a very short-sale cycle, right?

Ann McDonald: [00:36:45] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:36:46] So, you sort of have to understand kind of where you fall on the continuum. I put one loaded question into the list, but you guys had a chance to see it, you didn’t tell me I couldn’t ask it, so I’m going to ask it, because I do think it’s relevant. The two of you happen to be women.

Ann McDonald: [00:37:03] I knew it wasn’t going to be question number eight.

Mike Blake: [00:37:04] The two of you happen to be women. Do you think that has impacted your ability to be successful in your respective roles, either in a positive or a negative way? I don’t want to go on me, too, but-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:37:20] Since I’ve never been a man, I don’t know that I can answer that.

Mike Blake: [00:37:23] Okay.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:37:24] But I can tell you that it became very clear when I was in my prior firm, working strictly with venture capitalists that when I would go to the National Venture Capital Association’s annual meeting, I was one of a handful of women in a room of a thousand people. And so, how are you going to stand out? And I chose to use bright colors. So, people who know me know that I never wear black or navy unless I’m going to a funeral.

Mike Blake: [00:38:00] That’s true. I’ve never seen you in either of those colors as long as I’ve known you. That’s right.

Ann McDonald: [00:38:03] Yeah.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:38:04] And so, you have to do something to stand out in a crowd and be different, especially when there are competitors who do not have a business development person, but send their practitioners to the same events I’m at. How am I going to relate to people in a way that will be memorable when I personally can’t answer their questions, technical questions? And so, I’ve chosen to do it with being personal, asking about family, remembering things personally about that person.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:38:40] Do I think a man would do that? I don’t think so. I’ve yet to meet one who ever remembers anything personal about other people. I mean, at a networking event, they just don’t or they don’t ask about it. And I think being a woman, it’s safer to ask those kinds of questions without feeling like maybe the person thinking, why is this person getting so personal? That it’s more accepted, I guess.

Mike Blake: [00:39:07] Yeah.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:39:07] Ann, how about you?

Ann McDonald: [00:39:08] Oh, I really don’t think gender has much to do with it. I do think as far as salespeople go, I think women may have an edge for some of the reasons that Susan like said.

Mike Blake: [00:39:23] Well, especially in tech, right? I mean, there aren’t that many women in tech, period, yet.

Ann McDonald: [00:39:27] Oh, well, that’s true. But it’s interesting. And of course, we go to a lot of events and there are not a lot of women typically in the room. And I don’t notice it anymore.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:39:39] I don’t either.

Ann McDonald: [00:39:40] It’s not even something that is a factor. But, you know, we are good about making connections and probing without seeming to be too direct and-

Mike Blake: [00:39:58] And maybe more natural empathy, too.

Ann McDonald: [00:39:59] And more natural empathy. I think that may be a factor.

Mike Blake: [00:40:03] So, another question I want to make sure we get through, we don’t have a ton of time left, but this is one I’ve got to make sure I ask, you know, Ann, you and I are talking a little bit about this before we came on, imagine that you’re going to hire your successor, what is an interview question you would make sure you want to ask your successor? What would they have to answer for you in a great way to say—you’ll tell John Yates, you know, “John, well, now, I’m ready to hang it up and I’m right to be on a beach in Tahiti. This is the person you got to hire because answered this question great.”

Ann McDonald: [00:40:42] Oh, Mike, that is a tough one. One question. How good are you at putting the client first, representing the client to the firm and then, representing the firm to the client? Instead of making this a personal quest, I mean, it has to be all about helping that company, that client grow and the depth of relationship. And I’d like to know about the experience that the interviewer or interviewee would have with those kinds of relationships. And then, the whole coaching factor of helping attorneys to be successful, because that’s a good part of what this job entails. And it’s providing tools for them, it’s providing answers, it’s providing coaching in a way that they can tolerate that’s nudges and not, “Here comes the wisdom.”

Mike Blake: [00:42:19] Yeah. And that’s really interesting because I’ve long thought of both of you as much as anything being air-traffic controllers, right?

Ann McDonald: [00:42:30] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:42:32] Controlling connections and coordinations and stuff. And the way you described that role, I think, may be different than one of a lot of our listeners’ thought going in, because, you know, the notion of sales for many people when you think of it is a unidirectional process, right? I’ve got something, I’m going communicate to you, and you want to buy it. But the way you describe it is once you initiate that relationship, now, you’re representing the client back to the firm as well-

Ann McDonald: [00:43:04] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:43:05] … and to make sure they’re treated well-

Ann McDonald: [00:43:06] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:43:06] … and they’re treated appropriately and they get the right service. And even if I’m wrong, and I’m going to step out here, but I suspect this is true, even if sometimes, that may mean that you’re not the right firm to serve them-

Ann McDonald: [00:43:19] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:43:19] … necessarily, right? You know, not all things to all people can’t be if you’re successful.

Ann McDonald: [00:43:23] That’s right.

Mike Blake: [00:43:23] And so, it’s very interesting. I think there’s a big learning point in there for that piece of advice and the way to ask that question. Susan, you have a bit of extra time to noodle on that. You’re interviewing the next director of business development for Aprio, what do you ask him?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:43:42] Describe how when you were given a prospect’s name, a company or a nonprofit, not necessarily a person, and you don’t know a single person at that company, but you have to get in the door of the CEO, how would you do it? What are the steps you would take to open that door? And how long would it take you to get there?

Ann McDonald: [00:44:10] Oh, that’s good.

Mike Blake: [00:44:11] Now, that last part is loaded, I think, because the knee-jerk reaction may be, “Well, I could get in there in two weeks.”.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:44:24] How would you do it?

Mike Blake: [00:44:25] Because you want to show that you’re quick and effective, right? And then, I can see on your face that SO face of skepticism like, “Uh-uh. In two weeks, man”, right? We’re talking months. You’re probably looking at months-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:44:39] Well, what’s the right way?

Mike Blake: [00:44:39] … if you’re going to sound the way that you think that is appropriate and realistic, right?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:44:43] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:44:44] Two weeks is boiler room territory.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:44:46] Yeah. That’s just nonsense. And it’s not going to work. So, you’ve already identified yourself as a phony in my book.

Mike Blake: [00:44:54] So, two more questions and we’ve got to go and let you guys get back to your day jobs. How much has social media played a role in what you guys do? Are you guys social media people at all? I know the answer to this question to some extent, but our listeners don’t.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:45:11] I’ll defer to Ann because for me, it’s irrelevant. So, I would just be in the office-

Mike Blake: [00:45:16] Well, but-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:45:16] I mean, we have a marketing department that uses social media.

Mike Blake: [00:45:19] Right.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:45:20] But I live on LinkedIn. And if that is considered social media-

Mike Blake: [00:45:26] Yeah, I think so.

Ann McDonald: [00:45:26] It is.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:45:28] So, I live on that. But tweeting and posting stuff and all of that, I completely defer to the queen of it, which is Ann, because I don’t do any of that stuff. I use it to learn, but I don’t use it to push the company. Probably, I should, but I just don’t.

Mike Blake: [00:45:46] If I ever see a selfie of you on Instagram, I’m calling the police, because I know you’ve-

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:45:51] I’ve been kidnapped.

Mike Blake: [00:45:52] … clearly been kidnapped. And that is a cry for help. And somebody is going to be dropping $100,000 in a parking lot somewhere to get you back.

Ann McDonald: [00:46:01] There’s a newspaper next to her head just to show proof of life.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:46:02] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:46:06] Exactly. Ann, how about you?

Ann McDonald: [00:46:07] Well, I use LinkedIn quite a bit.

Mike Blake: [00:46:09] Yeah.

Ann McDonald: [00:46:10] And for a lot of different things, do a lot of research on LinkedIn, I post articles that I find very interesting that I think will be of interest to the people I know. They’re usually business articles, really engaging ideas that I think will help companies grow based on my background. I post events for organizations that I belong to. I think that’s important in getting support for the things that I support. Of course, I’ll re-post all of the MMM items that I think people should know about. But I think it’s very valuable. I think that’s a great sort of lifeline that it helps bring life to what I’m trying to accomplish.

Mike Blake: [00:47:13] Yeah.

Ann McDonald: [00:47:13] It is a branding tool.

Mike Blake: [00:47:15] Yeah.

Ann McDonald: [00:47:17] And that lets people know me a little bit better, personally, because of the things that I say or post, especially the articles. I’ve had people approach me at events and say, “Oh, yeah, I recognize you. I’ve seen you on LinkedIn and I follow the articles that you post.” So, it’s been of some value that way.

Mike Blake: [00:47:38] Right. You get recognized.

Ann McDonald: [00:47:39] Yeah. Yes. And so, that’s a point of conversation then to get to know somebody, to get to know a company. So, you know, I give kudos to people and it’s a nice outlet. Now, when I post things on LinkedIn, I will then, sometimes, check the box for it to be posted on Twitter.

Mike Blake: [00:48:07] Yeah.

Ann McDonald: [00:48:08] And then, Facebook is purely social, really.

Mike Blake: [00:48:11] Yeah. Yeah. So, we are unfortunately out of time. I could easily lock the door and trap these ladies here for a couple more hours, but that would be unfair to them and also illegal, so we’re going to have to wrap up. There’s so much more we could talk about. But if somebody listening would like to contact you, they have questions about this process, can they do that?

Ann McDonald: [00:48:31] Absolutely.

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:48:31] Please.

Mike Blake: [00:48:32] And if so, Ann, how best to contact you?

Ann McDonald: [00:48:36] Email, amcdonald@mmmlaw.com.

Mike Blake: [00:48:43] Susan?

Susan O’Dwyer: [00:48:43] And I’m susan.o’dwyer, and yes, I do have an apostrophe in my email, it’s O-apostrophe-D-W-Y-E-R, @aprio, A-P-R-I-O, .com. And I would welcome your questions or any way I can help you.

Mike Blake: [00:48:59] That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Ann McDonald and Susan O’Dwyer so much for joining us and sharing their expertise with us today. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next executive decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, Morris Manning and Martin, professional services, Susan O'Dwyer

Decision Vision Episode 47: How Can I Get My Employees to Think Independently? – An Interview with Joanna Bloor, The Amplify Lab

January 16, 2020 by John Ray

how can i get my employees to think independently
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 47: How Can I Get My Employees to Think Independently? - An Interview with Joanna Bloor, The Amplify Lab
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

how do i get my employees to think independently
Mike Blake and Joanna Bloor

Decision Vision Episode 47: How Can I Get My Employees to Think Independently? – An Interview with Joanna Bloor

This episode took a right turn into a question many business owners struggle with:  “how can I get my employees to think independently?” Joanna Bloor and “Decision Vision” host Mike Blake veered into this important topic in a fascinating and insightful discussion. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Joanna Bloor, The Amplify Lab

how do I get my employees to think independently
Joanna Bloor

Introduction expert and Founder of The Amplify Lab, Joanna Bloor is on a mission to help us prepare for the big leap into the future. To uncover and articulate our value and our place in the next chapter of humankind. No big deal. Why? Because we all need to rethink how we prepare for the future of work. The what, where, when and how of work is changing – and so is the who.

And it all starts with understanding why and how you need to have a better answer to the question “What do you do?

An “eternal student of what is around the next technology corner” Joanna started her career by scaling the revenue strategies of brands such as Ticketmaster, Cars.com, OpenTable, and Pandora. Then a conversation in line at TED 2016 led to a realization that what we are known for has far-reaching impact as an individual and a leader.

In front of audiences that range from thinkers at TED, to technologists at Dreamforce, to entrepreneurs at Gathering of Titans – like a Fairy Godmother – Joanna’s known for “live amplification” of audience members while zinging the audience with moments of surprise and laughter. All wrapped up with the practical guidance of what you too, can do next.

“Joanna shines a light on long-forgotten ingredients that make up our secret sauce, reminding us that we’re not awesome by accident.” — Cristina Jones, EVP Trailblazer Marketing Salesforce.com.

You can learn more about Joanna at her website, or connect with her through social media on LinkedIn and on Twitter.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Mike Blake: [00:00:01] Hi and welcome to the Decision Vision podcast. We’re going to do a little of a prologue before you listen to this podcast, because I don’t want to be accused of false advertising. The discussion is about the nature of work and the changing nature of work. And we had a terrific discussion with Joanna Bloor. And I do hope that you’ll listen to this, even though the topic is a little bit different than the way it’s presented in the introduction.

Mike Blake: [00:00:29] We had originally thought that the discussion was going to be around labor models and to a lesser extent, employee engagement, but really adapting to new realities, generally, in the labor force. And the way that the conversation turned, and I decided that it was a good turn, so we just sort of ran with it, is really talking about, at a high-level, employee engagement and how do you unlock the full potential of your employees as thinking organic human beings.

Mike Blake: [00:01:02] And, you know, if you don’t think that’s a good thing, then you probably don’t want to listen to this podcast because we’re going to talk about things that you’re just not going to really jive with. But if you think that is something that’s worthwhile, I know a lot of people that come to me and say, you know, “Boy, I love to get my employees to think on their feet better. I love to get them more engaged. How do I do that?” Then, I think you’re going to find this conversation to be very interesting. It’s kind of like a TED talk but a little bit longer and with no slides, but I think a very high-level intellectual conversation.

Mike Blake: [00:01:35] So, we’ll go back and take another look with a different episode at actual models of work when we can do something a little bit more specifically. But, you know, I don’t want to have you go in 20 minutes and wonder kind of when is the topic that was advertised coming up and waste your time. And I want to be respectful of your time. So, if you’re going to listen to another podcast, thank you for doing that. Otherwise, you’re gonna stick around, sit back and relax and enjoy the infotainment.

Intro: [00:02:04] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:02:22] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:02:41] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio, Richmond, Indiana, and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:03:05] Today, we’re going to talk about the nature of work. A seemingly esoteric topic, but one that is getting increasing attention and it’s receiving increased attention from a number of angles. One, there’s a macrosocial angle that is forcing us to revisit how we consider work, because we are finding increasingly that more and more of us are becoming, if not expendable, then certainly ancillary to technology that is now capable of performing more complex tasks than were even imaginable 10 to 15 years ago.

Mike Blake: [00:03:50] And to that end now, we are experimenting with different economic systems to help us cope with that, frankly, without necessarily having to sabotage technological progress, because there are very real reasons we want to do that. And, you know, the so-called Star Trek economy is great, but they don’t show you kind of the painful transition that gets you from this economy into that Star Trek economy. And that painful transition is, you know, what do people do when robots do everything that people want?

Mike Blake: [00:04:28] And, you know, some countries are now experimenting with something called a universal basic income. There’s at least one Democratic presidential candidate who is embracing that as a way to cushion the blow. But we’re forced to reexamine the role of labor, if you will, in our economy and our society because, you know, automation is not only expanding, but its rate of acceleration is increasing as well.

Mike Blake: [00:04:57] And then, on a micro-level, we’re being compelled to reexamine what work looks like because, you know, particularly in the American economy in an unprecedented level of competition in many areas, not every area, to be sure, but certainly, in professional services and other areas, you know, we have competition from places we never would have dreamed we’d have competition before, whether it’s China, whether it’s India, whether it’s startups, whether it’s, again, AI.

Mike Blake: [00:05:33] We are being forced to rethink what role labor is really meant to play in the workplace. And then, you know, at some point, because there’s really a limit to how much you can improve your labor force by simply raising pay and increase in the value that you extract from your labor force by doing that, it’s compelling us to rethink models of work, whether that’s working from home, whether it’s the four-day workweek or the four-hour workweek, as we sometimes hear about, job sharing, and flex time and the gig economy and so forth.

Mike Blake: [00:06:16] And they’ve all been around to some extent, but they have not been sort of up close, in person, and in our faces the way that they have become in the last five to 10 years or so. And if you’re a business owner or an executive and you’re not thinking about this, you need to start because this is a hard puzzle to solve. And if you do solve it, then you’re going to create a significant competitive advantage for yourself. And if your competitors solve it before you do, watch out.

Mike Blake: [00:06:46] So, as usual, with all of our topics, I’m not the subject matter expert, I’m just the person who brings on the person who is the subject matter expert. And to help us work through this today is Joanna Bloor, who is expert and founder of The Amplify Lab. Joanna Bloor is on a mission to help us prepare for the big leap into the future, to uncover and articulate our value and our place in the next chapter of humankind.

Mike Blake: [00:07:08] Why? Because we all need to rethink how we prepare for the future of work. The what, where, when, and however work is changing and so is the who and I would argue the why as well. And we’ll talk about that today. It all starts with the understanding of why and how you need to have a better answer to the question, what do you do? An eternal student of what is around the next technology corner, Joanna started her career by scaling the revenue strategies of brands such as Ticketmaster, cars.com, OpenTable and Pandora.

Mike Blake: [00:07:37] Then, a conversation online at a TED 2016 led to a realization of what we are known for as far reaching impact as an individual and as a leader. In front of audiences that range from thinkers at TED to technologists at Dreamforce to entrepreneurs, a gathering of titans like a fairy godmother, Joanna is known for live amplification of audience members while zinging the audience with moments of surprise and laughter.

Mike Blake: [00:08:00] And I can attest to that. We had a preliminary conversation to come on here. It seemed like it was two minutes, before we knew it, an-hour-and-a-half had gone by. I’ll wrap up with a practical guidance of what you, too, can do next. And as a testimonial, Joanna shines a light on long-forgotten ingredients that make up our secret sauce, reminding us that we’re not awesome by accident. And that was by an executive from salesforce.com. Joanna, welcome to the program.

Joanna Bloor: [00:08:28] Thank you so much for having me. I’m excited to continue our conversation.

Mike Blake: [00:08:32] Yeah. So, let’s get people caught up because otherwise, they’re gonna be jumping on a treadmill, going 30-miles-an-hour. Why are we having this conversation? I mean, you know, do what I say make sense in terms that we’re being confronted with just this need to reconsider the very nature of work?

Joanna Bloor: [00:08:49] Yes. Yes. Well, I was thinking about this as preparing and how do I kind of macro this up, because you talked about the Star Trek being future and how do we get there. And in looking at work, and I actually think there are lots of people talking about the future of work and how do we get there, the reality is, I think, we’re actually here today. And part of the challenge that we see our whole marketplace in, and I will start by saying what is really interesting about work is it’s a double-sided marketplace.

Joanna Bloor: [00:09:29] They are buyers. The employer chooses the employee, the employee chooses the employer, which adds a whole level of complexity and questions and everything to the entire thing. It’s not like you’re buying a pair of shoes that you get to walk out the store with. But what I was thinking about, this whole question about, well, what does work look like in the 21st century? I really actually took a step backwards and said, well, what has happened to work over time?

Joanna Bloor: [00:09:59] And then, separate it because how humans travel through work, how business is run, and how technology is run potentially have different patterns. And what I ultimately noticed was that, well, if you look at technology, most technology companies are running around and saying, you know, “We’re in the fourth industrial revolution.” And I go, okay. So, we’ve gotten from the original industrial revolution when we saw the shift from farming to factories and all those sorts of things.

Joanna Bloor: [00:10:34] And, you know, technology has had enormous play in that. But I would argue that the human revolution hasn’t happened yet. So, while technology has gone through major shifts and transformation and then, I would actually say that business has started to make major shifts and transformations, humans haven’t. So, let’s just say, okay, we’re just going to use the base model of the industrial revolution and how business and technology has run.

Joanna Bloor: [00:11:08] The past was very one dimensional and at best, binary. So, you think about how companies grew, it was all about supply chain optimization. It was all about operational efficiency. It’s all about growth and what does your P&L look like. And are you returning investment to whoever is investing to you, whether you’re public, private or whatever the financial structure is. And yet, if you look at technology, it’s gone from very ones and zeros to we’re now in the world of quantum and AI and gosh, robotics and all sorts of really multidimensional things and business has to.

Joanna Bloor: [00:11:56] And, you know, you talk to any company today and they’re starting to think about up to triple bottom-line economics. And so, both technology and business have become much more multidimensional. And when you look at the human element, all of the tools, the elements of humans, and these job descriptions, performance reviews, measurements of productivity, measurement of almost everything is still very binary. It’s still, do you have that skill set? Do you not have have that skill set?

Joanna Bloor: [00:12:35] And what I think everybody, and I know everybody who is listening is going, “Wait a second. I’m way more interesting than just a skill set.” And I go, “Yeah. Absolutely.” You look in a business and I think any business owner, any leader would say the most multidimensional interesting thing in my company are the humans and yet, all of the tools in the supply chain about, how do we navigate that marketplace? A very one and two-dimensional work in this multidimensional world.

Joanna Bloor: [00:13:07] So, I sit here and I say, so as human beings, we aren’t in the fourth industrial revolution. We’re still trying to get out of the first industrial revolution. And I think what we are starting to see with the gig economy and people really pushing back on companies around where are they investing with them and career path and all of the elements that come into play when you’re talking about humans are really beginning to change.

Joanna Bloor: [00:13:35] And the question then becomes as because it’s a double-sided marketplace as both a leader, a business owner, whatever your role is in this or as a team member, how do you start thinking about how to change the narrative about you and say, “Look, a resume isn’t the thing that tells me who I am, a job description isn’t the job.” And how do we start thinking about talent in much more of a multidimensional structure? Then, you start talking about like how all that happens.

Mike Blake: [00:14:10] So, although this is, I think, subsiding a little bit, I think we’re past the point of peak blame, but you still sort of hear it plenty, is that we’re only having this conversation because Millennials and Gen Zs are basically modern-day hippies without the tie-dye shirts and they don’t want to work hard. You know, how do you react to that? Is that a legitimate analysis or is that just a cop-out?

Joanna Bloor: [00:14:35] No. I think that is the same argument every older generation has about the generation before. Plus, let’s be real, because I wanted to say this, that like Millennials, Gen Z, Gen X, Boomer, it’s just a marketing category. This is just a sticker and a label that we have put on people. And yes, as human beings, we do need to categorize things, otherwise, our heads explode, unless the sticker is really, really good, like winner of X or the best at Ys, we don’t actually like to be labeled.

Joanna Bloor: [00:15:17] And so, first of all, I always talk to teams and say like, “Let’s step away from the stickers and let’s also recognize-“, you know, I was, for lack of a better term, it’s what a punk, 20-something-year old myself once upon a time. And I was running around saying, “Well, hang on, why are the rules the way they are? And what’s happening?” This happens, I think, with every single generation. But where I do come back is, and say like, “Where are the labels actually helpful?”

Joanna Bloor: [00:15:48] So, I’m now going to disagree with myself, is I do think as you were looking at the talent in your organization, we do need to actually give a bit of a nod to what has been, in essence, the career path. And I say this kind of airports around it of the talent that comes into your organization. And the reality is, for all of us, our career path actually starts when we’re little teeny tiny kids and start going to school.

Joanna Bloor: [00:16:19] So, I’ll give myself the sticker of Gen X. So, I was brought up in a generation in, you know, my formative years when I started to actually realize that it was more than just play out there, were in the ’80s. And if you think about what life is like for a Gen X’er in the ’80s, there wasn’t a lot of after-school programming. We were the first generation of parents of divorce. And so, there’s a concept of a latchkey kid, which is kids used to go home after school and let themselves into their own homes.

Joanna Bloor: [00:16:55] And while we all did just fine, we kind of had little to no parental supervision. And at the same time, for the boom and bust of the ’80s, you then roll those same people into the ’90s where the internet started to become a thing and technology became such a major part of young people’s lives. We were the first adapters of technology and were the first people to be described as digital first. What was true about that period, and especially for those of us, including myself, who got to really be in those early stage companies who were building the internet.

Joanna Bloor: [00:17:34] My first, I want to say, dot-com job was in 1995, but I had been playing with technology for fun for, gosh, almost a decade before that. And what was true about that era is there were no rules, you know, from, I’d say, 1995 until the present day. Every single job title I have had has been made up and every single job description I have had is made up. And I say this for myself, but that’s the same for my entire peer group of people who ran through that period of time.

Joanna Bloor: [00:18:13] And I say all of that because what I think it means is that anybody who that resonated with, can sit here and go, “Well, hang on a second. I’m really used to there not being rules and rules are made to be broken. And a job description is just a suggestion.” And really, I am going to sit here and say, “How can I play with technology as opposed to asking about career paths?” And then, I flip it around and say, “Well, what is that same narrative for people?”.

Joanna Bloor: [00:18:44] And instead of giving them a sticker, let’s say, you know, anywhere from 30 to 35 and younger, the reality is, it’s both their education and their entertainment, because it was the age of fairness. It was never about here’s the trophy for participation, it was a, here’s a trophy for playing as a team, in an age of what I call a fairness in their education and attainment. You have an entire generation of people who’ve been brought up both in school, where at the beginning of school, they’re told, “This is what you need to do to get an A. Here are the rules.”.

Joanna Bloor: [00:19:21] And you think about even sports and other games, it’s very rule-based. And this is what you do to succeed and level up in all of those sorts of things. And then, you look at entertainment, too, and even the most simple and basic video game—and I will absolutely own that I do play Candy Crush on airplanes while I’m passing out on the runway and it’s something to do to distract my mind. Very simple, basic video games.

Mike Blake: [00:19:46] I’m right there with you.

Joanna Bloor: [00:19:46] You’d think we’d find a little time to meditate or something during that period. I’m not worried about that. But you look at that and in video games, if you break the rules, you die. Oh, but FYI, you also get four more lives. And so, when I look at those pattern and then, also look at the boomer generation, and I sit here and I go, why are we surprised that the talent that is coming into our organization is sitting here saying, “Tell me what the rules are and I will do it. But then, I will expect to level up.”.

Joanna Bloor: [00:20:28] And then, you have an entire leadership team who says, “Hang on a second. Rules are made to be broken”, et cetera. And I sit here and I go, this is why I think there’s a bit of angst between some of the generations because we’ve had different experiences and different patterns. But I also sit here and say, on a much bigger level, I actually think the generations coming into the workplace have it right.

Joanna Bloor: [00:20:55] I do think that questions around what is the right measure of success are the right questions to have. What does success look like? I do think they’re right to come in, like I know that they’ve given that really terrible moniker of snowflake. But what’s true about that is every snowflake is scientifically different. But the reality is, as human beings, we are all incredibly different. And that’s actually what is amazing about human beings.

Joanna Bloor: [00:21:26] And so, I don’t sit here and say, well, hang on, we’re all right in this scenario. You should learn how to break the rules. And everybody is different. And so, I sit here and go, well, the supply chain of the industrial world, which is scalable, repeatable, mechanistic, is about productivity. It shouldn’t be applied to humans because with this, much more organic, evolving, changing things. And so, I say, kill the resume, kill the job description, kill all of it.

Joanna Bloor: [00:22:01] And I know the next question is like, what do you do then? And I actually start to look at, how do you look at your talent, which is, again, for any company, probably the most important thing that you have and say, well, how do we actually shift to the supply chain of human talent? And instead of coming in and saying it’s about stickers and badges and tenure and skills and all of those sorts of things and actually look back again in time to the world before the industrial revolution and say, wow, hang on a second.

Joanna Bloor: [00:22:35] When you or somebody in the workplace prior to, what is that, like late 1800s, they had the equivalent of an internship. We were all artisans and we all learned to craft and apprenticeships. And there was a lot more of almost currency transactions beyond currency when you went to go work for somebody. So, if you were an apprentice working with a master and I will say it was with more than four, there was an expectation that it was more than just a paycheck. And so, I suggest that, you know, the workplace actually becomes much more like school and say, okay.

Joanna Bloor: [00:23:28] As talent is coming in and as you’re having the conversation around the multidimensional changing human and the value of the human, how do you then start to think about, okay, so if the job description is actually trying to solve this problem, what is the combination of skills that we are looking for? But then, starting to ask the question of, what is the potential that we are looking for? Because you’re looking for somebody with ideas, you’re looking for somebody’s brain to come into the conversation. And that has much more of apprenticeship model than I think the employee model of today.

Mike Blake: [00:24:05] So, let me jump in on that, because-

Joanna Bloor: [00:24:09] Okay.

Mike Blake: [00:24:09] … I think there’s a lot to unpack there. And we may just spend the rest of our time kind of unpacking that, which is fine. But a thought that occurs based on what you just said that I think is a critical takeaway is that the nature of work and the way we structure it really is about making it easy to get rid of people, when you really boil right down to it, right? The job descriptions, the leveling up, so to speak. And I love that term, by the way. It’s really all about protecting the firm from being basically attacked by the employee, instead of, what if our approach was we’re just never going to be sued by an employee because we’re just going to focus our efforts on making them good. And therefore, they’d be nuts to sue us and we’d be nuts to fire them.

Joanna Bloor: [00:25:08] Yes. Yes, I’ve had this conversation with a couple of—like the conversation around—my first conversation was let’s get rid of the resume, because I think it’s such a single dimensional document and people spend far too much energy, and the HR executives I’ve talked to across the board have said, “Oh, but we need it so that we don’t get sued.” And while fairness in employment practice and appropriate employment practice, I think, is critically important and really understanding who a person is, is critically important, but any business owner would tell you that if you are putting into practice so that you don’t get sued, you’re actually limiting yourself rather than expanding the opportunity.

Mike Blake: [00:26:00] So, you know, let me ask this, is that tug of war? And one thing we’re hearing a lot more about now is mental health in the workplace. I’m a big advocate for mental health. I think it cannot be talked about too much. You know, is that tug of war between the desire of employees to grow and to develop versus the firm that is trying to protect itself from its own employees? Is that literally driving employees crazy?

Joanna Bloor: [00:26:41] That’s a really interesting question. Not a psychologist, not-

Mike Blake: [00:26:46] Me neither.

Joanna Bloor: [00:26:46] … a doctor.

Mike Blake: [00:26:47] Just you and me talking here.

Joanna Bloor: [00:26:49] It’s just you and me. Okay. My only inclination is to say, of course, it is. You know, there’s been endless studies around the whole carrot and stick science of reward for employees. And you come back to what I said earlier about how both, you know, the, what is it you need to do to get an A, how do you level up within your application, that feedback loop that we’ve all gotten a little bit addicted to. But well done. You got a gold star. You’re the champion on the leader board.

Joanna Bloor: [00:27:25] Like whatever it is, that feedback would just become so easy, that when we’re not getting that feedback looped within our workplace, we start to get anxiety around it. You know, am I doing okay? Is everything working? And then, you add on the fact that the challenge of business is there isn’t always a right answer, which speaks to that multidimensionality and the fact that unless I would argue, I think about like what is the product of the human being in the workplace.

Joanna Bloor: [00:28:12] And it’s their brain time. And even if you have an employee who is working in a retail store, you want them there to think critically as opposed to just being a robot and a machine. And yes, all of the things we have surrounding human’s process, the feedback loop, the, what are you doing, how are you doing it really talks to us more like we’re machines rather than as really interesting human beings.

Mike Blake: [00:28:44] And, you know, think about from a consumer’s perspective, if you have a question or a challenge, what’s the most infuriating thing you can hear? So, well, that’s the rule and I can’t break it, right?

Joanna Bloor: [00:28:56] Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:28:57] Or if I do that for you, I get fired. And that, more than anything, it makes me want to take my phone and smash it, except it’s worth as much as my wife’s engagement ring, so I’m not going to do that. But, you know-

Joanna Bloor: [00:29:12] But you think about—yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:29:12] But that thinking-

Joanna Bloor: [00:29:14] So, I was think really thoughtfully.

Mike Blake: [00:29:14] … that brainpower is what leads to satisfaction.

Joanna Bloor: [00:29:16] Yeah. So, I just want to give a real example about this because I don’t want to sit completely esoteric on this whole scenario. So, I’m actually going to talk about a situation that I just encountered. So, I want to just lay the land of what’s out there. So, you have just a group of people who have been taught over and over and over again through time, follow the rules, follow the rules, follow the rules.

Joanna Bloor: [00:29:45] They come work for a company and I mean, use—I’m not actually going to say the name of the company since I just had a conversation with the CEO about this because I was curious, but it was a food service company that I was interacting with. And clearly, they had done a really innovative process with food that was part of the experience of the food eating process. That’s about as far as I can go on this. It was a really fun store and I was excited to be in there.

Joanna Bloor: [00:30:15] And I went in to buy the product and the person behind the counter said, “Well, what is your name?” And I said, “Well, I’m literally buying the product. You’re not making anything custom for me. It’s in this package. I just want to walk out the store. Why do you need my name?” And he goes, “But that’s what I’m supposed to do.” And I was like, well, I go and ask like, “Can we just do this?” I was in a rush, just do the credit card and run out.

Joanna Bloor: [00:30:39] Oh, that’s a very simple, easy transaction. What stuck with me afterwards is just like, gosh, if I was GM of this company, I was the CEO of this company, I’m not, what I would want my employee to know that they had the wiggle room to do is actually take the critical thinking and say, hey, look, this woman rolls in. It’s clearly moving at 100 miles an hour, kind of the pace that I operate at. Because she’s not getting something custom made for her, she’s actually just buying a thing off the shelf and literally wants to swipe and go.

Joanna Bloor: [00:31:13] Well, I’m just going to put Bob in the machine and who cares? Because it wasn’t going to take a point where it was, oh, they want my email address so they can send me marketing materials. It was literally to make that process work better. Do they have the bandwidth to break the rules to say, hey, I’m just going to skip the process and actually see that my customer across from me wants to move quickly and service that need as opposed to serving the need of company.

Joanna Bloor: [00:31:44] And I know that seems really myopic and individual and I sometimes wonder if when I describe it, I sound a bit like a whiny customer, which maybe I am. But I sit here and I say, as somebody who understands the retail experience as an example, I would much prefer the employee who understood that the rules could be broken there and that they wouldn’t actually get dinged, punished, whatever for not just being a cog in the machine, while it is a very complex machine that they are running because they’re doing all sorts of customizations and all lots of stuff.

Joanna Bloor: [00:32:19] And I sit here and I go, that this structure of, here is the job description, here are the rules, here is the process, here are the expectations, here’s what’s correct, here’s what’s incorrect is really making our employees into machines more than the amazing thing that they really are. And so, how do you actually help people understand that rules can be broken while also recognizing that we have brainwashed people into saying that you have to follow the rules. Like I think we’ve just roboticized the workforce because you might get sued, because you want to move faster, because of all of these sorts of things. And I come back to, okay, we have got to shift into this more multidimensional space. And again, I could go on, on all of these sorts of things.

Mike Blake: [00:33:10] Well, let’s drill into that actually. So, I’m just gonna tear up the script. And to be perfectly candid, we’re not talking about what I thought I would talk about today, but I think this is really cool and we’re just going to roll with it, okay?

Joanna Bloor: [00:33:20] Okay.

Mike Blake: [00:33:21] And that is because the question I’m really driving at, because you’ve uncovered something I think is important and I think that business people and executives and owners want to know is, how do you deroboticize your workforce? Right? Everybody is subject to this roboticism. And even the places where we don’t want people to be robots, look at customer service representatives, right? We all know they’re looking at a screen.

Mike Blake: [00:33:49] And based on what we tell the CSR on the other end of the phone, assuming they’re human, is that there’s an algorithm in front of them then telling them what the choices are they can give back to me in order to try to resolve whatever it is we’re trying to resolve, right? So, even there, they’re robots, it’s just that there’s a human interface to a robot, basically. So, maybe let’s go with number three, what are three things that an executive should be thinking about if they’re concerned that their workforce is too robotic, too going through the motions, too rigid, and encourage them to, you know, be the thoughtful, organic beings that is there in our nature.

Joanna Bloor: [00:34:34] Okay. Big question, but I will try and get it to three. So, the first one, I would say, is really looking at—so, if you know that you are currently getting roboticized humans, let’s just call them that for right now, the result that you were getting from your current processes of roboticized humans, then I sit here and I say like any products that you are looking at within your company, look at your purchase process.

Joanna Bloor: [00:35:03] You know, if you were buying software as an example, which is, in essence, it is the same thing you’re doing, you would have an RFP process and you would say like, were they nice to have, were they enough to have, like what is that entire purchase process that you are going through? And my guess is for any companies that if you really sat and broke it down and said like, what is—and let’s think about the sales process as a whole and the sale’s funnel starts with how you get into consideration sets.

Joanna Bloor: [00:35:38] What is that first step of consideration set for you? And is it what it is today for most people, which is resumes and keywords and all of those sorts of things. And maybe that is the right set of criteria to get somebody into consideration set. But then, I sit here and say, okay, then there’s the evaluation process of protecting somebody, which currently sits, sometimes, with recruiter, sometimes, with just the hiring manager and say like, are we actually interviewing, for lack of a better term, a robot or are we interviewing for critical thinking?

Joanna Bloor: [00:36:17] And then, the customer service world, like what is it you’re actually asking for and taking them through that? And so, really looking at your purchase process of somebody’s brain time and saying like, what are the different things that we should be looking for as opposed to what does the machine look like, which, I think, on the machine side, tends to lean more to, what are your experiences in the past? What is your skill set?

Joanna Bloor: [00:36:48] You know, I’ll actually use myself as an example of where I threw a purchase process completely out of the windows for a company when I was early in my career. You know, I was a manager of a high-end swimsuit store, where I think it was like $100 to $200 for a swimsuit sort of situation and had, through people that I knew, gotten an opportunity to interview for a dot-com, where I was going to shift from selling swimsuits to selling websites.

Joanna Bloor: [00:37:25] And in today’s world, I absolutely would have not made it through the consideration set because while sales was a consistent skill set, absolutely nothing else on my resume said anything about media, said anything about understanding how to sell to small to medium-sized business, like literally would have not made it through. But because I knew the right people, et cetera, I managed to get a meeting.

Joanna Bloor: [00:37:51] And in the process, and now, I look back on it, I could hear the VP himself really having a hard time trying to bridge my experience in the past with what he needed for me to be a critical thinker for in the future. And we were getting really stuck on a conversation about objection handling and did I know how to handle objections in the media space? And I remember saying to him quite sassily and I held my hands up and I said, “I’ve been selling a piece of fabric this big-“, put my hands fairly close together, “…to more than this big”, and I move my hands apart, then I said, “I’m making them feel great about themselves, at the end today, I don’t think objections are my problem.”.

Joanna Bloor: [00:38:34] And that started the whole hilarious conversation where we really talked about how we transferred, how I think about selling swimwear, and what was the decision-making process for a customer in a swimsuit store, and how did I bridge that to how that would also manifest in this whole internet world because the internet didn’t really exist and somehow, lots of stuff until I was given the opportunity to make that bridge and that required them to rethink their buying process.

Joanna Bloor: [00:39:02] And it worked out for all sorts of reasons. So, I sit here and I say, how do you think about how you were buying people and not necessarily saying, “Look, in my RFP process, they need to be this exact thing, go to this exact school, have this exact skill set.” Because unless you’re having that conversation, you can’t bridge. So, that’s the first one. The second one is really understanding as an employer, that your employers do their job, they don’t marry it.

Joanna Bloor: [00:39:35] It is a transaction. You are renting their brain. And right now, in the robot world, what if it’s just a cash transaction? Well, the only thing is like let’s look at how are you measuring success in the robot-based world. The only things that you can sit here and say like, this is where I can show success for the employee is compensation and title. And I sit here and I say, well, gosh, if you have a real conversation with an employee that, is compensation or title important? Absolutely. But is everything else important, too, because they’re multidimensional? Absolutely, as well.

Joanna Bloor: [00:40:20] And so, I look at it and I say like if you were working for somebody that you are an apprentice with us. And as an apprentice and you’re an apprentice for a, I don’t know how much time I’m going to get with you because it is a double-sided marketplace and my employee might choose to leave. And so, how do I sit here and say, where can I add value that actually helps them much more intrinsically to themselves.

Joanna Bloor: [00:40:48] As opposed to just saying, well, I’m going to add value by adding a ping pong table or bringing in lunch or whatever the pool sparkly thing is today or I’m in a different compensation and/or title and actually come back and say like, who is this human being and how can I actually help them? And I heard people say develop and grow, but it’s not just on their skills to make them more of a human, but actually development in their thinking approach. This brings back to my-

Mike Blake: [00:41:18] Yeah. How do you help them evolve?

Joanna Bloor: [00:41:20] Yeah. And now, I’m going to jump the shark for a second because I sit here and I say like I have been—I mean, I’ve been obsessed about this whole idea for decades and, you know, a lot of this whole narrative on how do you think about talent, which really forced upon me as an executive at Pandora, because I had a team that went from 30 to 400 over three years with revenue numbers that were around $100 million annually to $1 billion annually over that same period of time. And so, everything was moving at a ridiculous speed. And then, the majority of those 400 people were maybe second job out of college, 27, I think, was the average age. And what I realized really quickly was I couldn’t promote every single one of them every six months. Not physically possible.

Mike Blake: [00:42:16] Right.

Joanna Bloor: [00:42:17] I couldn’t give them a raise every single six months. So, coming back to this whole how do you have a conversation was about who they really are and what is their value to the organization completely shifted the narrative around who they were and what they were all about. And as the executive in charge, I would literally go around and be like, “This is why you are important and this is why you are important.” And we’d have a conversation around their value.

Joanna Bloor: [00:42:41] And it had a dramatic difference on their engagements, their tenure, their ability to collaborate with each other, all of those sorts of things. When I sit here and I say like, think about more as apprentices and that you get to borrow their brain. And how do you do that? But what I saw in not only getting our hand forced at Pandora but then, also, as I started to really study this phenomena out in the real world and started to build The Amplify Lab was that, I’d say, 99.9% of the people that I engage with, and it doesn’t matter if they are 18 or 60, have no idea who they want to be when they grow up.

Joanna Bloor: [00:43:27] There’s a tiny percent of people who go, “Oh, no, I have complete and utter clarity about who I want to be and how I can get there.” Well, actually, not necessarily how they can get there, but actually what that thing is or if they have an idea of who it is they want to be. And again, I’m going to come back to the, what are the experiences of the younger, and I say younger, I’m an old lady, younger generations is there’s so much feedback today. Like I just got tagged two times on Instagram today and I was like, “Well, look at that. I got an instant feedback.” There’s so much feedback on am I successful, et cetera. People are then also terrified of breaking the rules, which is also a part of the problem because we are these multidimensional people. So-

Mike Blake: [00:44:17] So-

Joanna Bloor: [00:44:17] I just sit here and I say, let’s-yeah, sorry, go ahead.

Mike Blake: [00:44:19] Well-

Joanna Bloor: [00:44:20] I really jumped the shark just on a bit there, but getting back in.

Mike Blake: [00:44:22] No. Well, actually, you segued because I think then the way to summarize that is, is that third principle is really get to know your employees.

Joanna Bloor: [00:44:29] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:44:30] And get to know them for who they are, not what their resumé says they are.

Joanna Bloor: [00:44:35] Right. And it’s not get to know them and say like, “How are your kids”, and all of that sort of stuff, it’s—and thank you for helping me bridge it back—just get to know them, but also help them see themselves and see what their potential could be. And I have absolutely no doubt that every single one of your listeners has a person, whether they have worked for them or not, but they have engaged with where they’ve gone, “Wow, this person has enormous potential and I’m going to put my relationship capital on the line for them and open doors for them and make connections and guide them.” Some people might call this mentors. I think that’s the wrong thing. I think that they are sponsors.

Mike Blake: [00:45:25] Yeah.

Joanna Bloor: [00:45:26] Because when you are putting your own capital on the line, it’s a little bit different. But we sit here and we look at this contract of potential and that is what we’re looking for. Reverse that transaction and say, okay, who are the people who saw that in your personal career path up? And I’ll tell you today, if any one of the people who opened doors for me, who taught me things that made me better, that said, “Gosh, Joanna. Here is your potential”, if they picked up the phone today and said, “Hey, Joanna, I need something from you” or “Hey, Joanna, will you come work with me on-“, whatever it is they’re doing, I would drop everything and go do stuff for them.

Joanna Bloor: [00:46:13] And you sit here and as a manager and you say, okay, how do I get my entire organization to be that excited to work with you? It’s because you have seen the potential in them. And, again, it’s coming back to that double-sided marketplace. And if anybody is listening who is an employee, I sit here and say like, consider that in who you’re working with and that, “Yes, we absolutely want you to do a good job and there’s stuff that needs to get done.”.

Joanna Bloor: [00:46:51] But we are hired, we are promoted, we are given opportunities based on our potential, and it is justified by our past. And so, having that whole conversation about potential and not only for the individual, but what is at their life that they want to go down? And how do you get to know them and know that it’s not just—although, again, because we live in this binary business construct, how do you take just title and compensation off the table and have a conversation about what will actually stretch you, help you grow, help you learn, you know, what is your potential, where am I seeing patterns of something that you’re uniquely good at that maybe you haven’t even considered them?

Joanna Bloor: [00:47:41] Instead of, you know, being almost myopic and saying, “I’m going to follow this career path to be X”. And of course, you want to be a physician and then, I think we will observe a bit different there. But how do you get off that path and actually start to pattern what has happened with business and technology, which again, I’ll say they have shifted and used some of the business constructs of agile developments and beta testing ideas and redeploying one part of the organization, another part of the organization. You would take all of these constructs and do them with human things as well, which allow for a much more multidimensional workplace.

Joanna Bloor: [00:48:26] Like some of my favorite team members in all of my jobs who worked with me were ones that I gave to other departments and said, “I think they’d be really great for you.” While, yes, they don’t have any experience in fill in the blank here, legal, finance, creative, employee development, didn’t matter, but they showed the potential in this space and helping them move into that space. I’ve now got an ally in another part of the company who we’ve got this great relationship with and it always ends up paying off and allows the person to actually start to make more of a portfolio of who they are.

Mike Blake: [00:49:07] So, Joanna, as I predicted, I blinked and about an hour has gone by, so we will have to continue this at some point. But I want to thank you so much for coming on and having this conversation. If somebody wants to pick this up with you, how can they best reach you?

Joanna Bloor: [00:49:24] Well, I am across all of the social medias at Joanna Bloor. I have them all, so come find me anywhere there or they can go to joannabloor.com and find out how to contact us there. Very easy to get through. Clearly, I can talk about all of this ad nauseam and like the nicest notes like say, we are all different, so we will have different questions. So, it’s important to think about how that looks for you.

Mike Blake: [00:49:54] So, before we go, I’m going to test your social media street cred. Do you have a TikTok account?

Joanna Bloor: [00:50:01] No.

Mike Blake: [00:50:03] That’s a shame.

Joanna Bloor: [00:50:04] I know. You know, I am too wary of data and data privacy issues. In my former life, I was an ad technology executive.

Mike Blake: [00:50:17] Okay.

Joanna Bloor: [00:50:19] I have yet to be convinced that that is an environment where the data of me is actually where I want it to be. And so, yeah, I’m going to hold off on TikTok. Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:50:34] Well, when you do, hopefully, you’ll do something—

Joanna Bloor: [00:50:36] It is off at the moment.

Mike Blake: [00:50:36] When you do, since you’re a child of the ’80s, as am I, I’m hoping you’ll do a Pat Benatar cover and then, make that available.

Joanna Bloor: [00:50:45] Perfect. Done.

Mike Blake: [00:50:46] So, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Johanna Bloor so much for joining us and sharing her expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next executive decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, Employee Engagement, employee relations, Michael Blake, Mike Blake

Decision Vision Episode 46: Does My Corporate Culture Need More Humor? – Karyn Buxman, The HumorLab

January 9, 2020 by John Ray

Does My Corporate Culture Need More Humor?
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 46: Does My Corporate Culture Need More Humor? - Karyn Buxman, The HumorLab
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Decision Vision Episode 46:  Does My Corporate Culture Need More Humor? – Karyn Buxman, The HumorLab

Does my corporate culture need more humor? What are the benefits of humor in the workplace? What’s the best way to inject humor while avoiding the risks? Answers to these questions and much more come from neurohumorist Karyn Buxman on this edition of “Decision Vision.” Mike Blake is the host of “Decision Vision,” presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Karyn Buxman, The HumorLab

Karyn Buxman

Karyn Buxman is Founder and President of The HumorLab. The HumorLab is dedicated to serving high performers who have gone from good to great and now want to go from great to world class through the use of strategic humor.

Karyn Buxman is a research-based thought leader on applied humor, whose latest undertakings are her TEDx talk—“How Humor Saved the World”—and her upcoming Forbes book, Funny Means Money. Strategic Humor for Influence & World Domination. As a neurohumorist Karyn’s career resides at the intersection of humor and the brain. She is as masterfully funny, but her passion and calling are sharing the practical benefits of humor.

Karyn is one of 194 professionals (and one of only 43 women) in the world to be inducted into the Speaker Hall of Fame. Karyn speaks internationally to organizations that grasp the important role humor plays in business, health and life. Among her 800+ clients over 25 years are Genentech, State Farm, USDA, Cigna and the Million Dollar Roundtable.

For more information, go to Karyn’s website or You can also download a copy of Karyn’s new book, Funny Means Money, at humorforme.com.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome back to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what decision to make, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:41] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio, Richmond, Indiana, and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we’re recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:05] So, today, we’re going to discuss humor in the workplace and injecting humor into a workplace culture. And I’m sure everybody who is listening to this podcast is thinking, “Well, you work for a CPA firm. That’s a perfect place to start talking about humor in the workplace”, because obviously, we sort of yak it up all day long. We’re just known for that. Although in our defense, I will point out that probably—certainly, the top three comedians, Bob Newhart actually started his career as a CPA.

Mike Blake: [00:01:38] Obviously, the entertainment gig did very well by him, but accountants do produce funny people at least once in a generation, so it can happen. But, you know, I think this topic is so important and so interesting. We’re learning more about the state of mental health in the workplace and we’re learning more about—and this is related to so-called work-life balance and we’re learning about the pressure that we’re under, as we’re always under increasing pressure to kind of do more with less.

Mike Blake: [00:02:15] And, you know, we’re hearing more about people, frankly, kind of struggle to adapt to that. And we struggle to adapt to that. Whether you’re a line worker, whether you’re a cashier, whether you’re middle management, whether you’re executive management, whether you are the owner of the business, there is always something out there that is going to challenge you mentally. And most of us, myself included, feel like there’s something out there, every hour, to challenge us mentally.

Mike Blake: [00:02:46] And it can lead to places, you know, that are humorless places to work. And places that are humorless places to work, as our guest is going to discuss, are neither pleasant nor very effective workplaces. And there’s a fine line, and maybe not so fine line, we’re going to find out that, you know, just because you have a sense of humor and there’s a sense of humor and humoring in the business culture, that does not mean that you don’t take your job seriously.

Mike Blake: [00:03:21] You know, for example, Southwest Airlines is known for encouraging their employees, you go in a Southwest flight, right? Some of those flight attendants could easily be stand-up comedians and maybe they are when they’re not actually on a flight. But I’m also confident that they take flight safety very seriously because they all want to make it home. But I think there’s a misperception. And in my industry, I think particularly if you’re old school, you want to create this image of being sort of the buttoned down, very serious person, because you’re talking about finance, you’re talking about money, you’re talking about financial stability and solvency.

Mike Blake: [00:04:01] And, you know, for some clients, maybe that’s right. For others, maybe it’s not. So, I think we’re going to have a lot of fun. I think there’s a lot to learn from this topic today. And joining us today is an expert on this topic from beautiful San Diego. So, in contrast to Atlanta, where it’s currently 38 and raining and overcast, about three layers of clouds, let me just take a guess, well, it’s 9:00 a.m. there, so it’s probably about 72 and sunny there?

Karyn Buxman: [00:04:34] Well, it’s not quite that warm. I mean, it’s chilly here, it’s probably 64.

Mike Blake: [00:04:39] Oh, okay. Well, hopefully you can throw a sweater on, you’ll be able to pull through it. So, Karyn is founder of the Humor Lab. And the Humor Lab is dedicated to serving high performers who have gone from good to great and now want to go from great to world class with the use of strategic humor. Karyn Buxman is a research-based thought leader in applied humor whose latest undertakings are her TEDx talk, How Humor Saved the World and her upcoming ForbesBook, Funny Makes Money, Strategic Humor for Influence and World Domination.

Mike Blake: [00:05:10] As a neurohumorist, Karyn’s career resides at the intersection of humor and the brain. She is as masterfully funny, but her passion and calling are sharing the practical benefits of humor. Karyn is one of 194 professionals and one of only 43 women in the world to be inducted into the Speaker Hall of Fame. Karyn speaks internationally to organizations that grasp the important role that humor plays in business, health, and life. Among her over 800 clients over 25 years are Genentech, State Farm, now an Atlanta-based company, the US Department of Agriculture, Cigna, and the Million Dollar Roundtable. Karyn, thanks so much for coming on the program.

Karyn Buxman: [00:05:52] Mike, I’m so excited to be here with you.

Mike Blake: [00:05:55] So, Karyn, I’ve got to ask one question right off the bat. I’m tearing up the script, but I know you can handle it. What are the speeches like at the International Speaker Hall of Fame? When somebody gives an induction speech at the Speaker Hall of Fame, what are they like?

Karyn Buxman: [00:06:10] You know, I have to say, it’s really kind of a weird situation because let me put it this way, how many speakers does it take to change a light bulb? Yeah, 100. One can change a light bulb and 99 to sit in the audience going, “That should be me up there on the stage.” And that’s kind of how it is, you know, with the Hall of Fame. But it’s wonderful. I think that’s one of the accomplishments that I most treasure because, you know, it’s one thing when your mom or your spouse says, “Oh, my God, you’re the best thing since Velcro.” But when your peers say that, that’s very, very rewarding. So, I feel very honored to have received that award, that I can have-

Mike Blake: [00:07:01] Yeah. I can imagine.

Karyn Buxman: [00:07:01] … that recognition.

Mike Blake: [00:07:02] Where are they located?

Karyn Buxman: [00:07:06] The National Speakers Association is actually a global organization and their headquarters are located in Tempe, part of Phoenix, in Arizona.

Mike Blake: [00:07:19] Okay. Very good. Because the next time I go to Phoenix, I can visit and see your plaque and your induction speech and all that, I guess.

Karyn Buxman: [00:07:26] Yeah, you know. And I have this little statue, it’s kind of like the Oscars.

Mike Blake: [00:07:30] Sweet.

Karyn Buxman: [00:07:31] And so, that’s sitting on one of my shelves. And so, yeah. But not to take it too seriously, like don’t tell the headquarters I did this because they would probably be agog. But I found online these little outfits that you could get for wine bottles to dress them up, you know, kind of like, I guess, there was one for weddings and there was one for various kinds of holidays, a Santa outfit or a 4th of July outfit that you could put on a wine bottle to gift it. And it fits my statue perfectly. So, periodically, we dress it up.

Mike Blake: [00:08:10] Well, good. And we both know how hard it can be to find something that sits off the rack so that works out well.

Karyn Buxman: [00:08:16] Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:08:19] So, you categorize yourself as a neurohumorist. What is that?

Karyn Buxman: [00:08:25] Yes. A neurohumorist is one who lives at the intersection of humor and the brain. I have been researching the field of humor within the field of psychoneuroimmunology and positive psychology for thirty years. And over the last decade, I’ve really delved deep into humor and the effects on the brain and vice versa. And it’s just amazing. It really was. It was like the missing piece. And so much of what I have discovered in the last couple of years is what I think makes this so pertinent for you and for your listeners. Because really, so much of the interactions with your listeners and your executive, these are the things that our brain-based.

Karyn Buxman: [00:09:22] And it really helps us get a better understanding of why we behave like we do and why others respond to us like they do and how can we influence that. And so, the brain piece is something that people, you know, up until now had not really looked at. What is the relationship between humor and the brain? But this is the sweet spot. This is really the sweet spot. And so, the people who are listening to us today, both of them, they’re going to be-

Mike Blake: [00:09:56] We had a spike.

Karyn Buxman: [00:09:57] … drawing information that is very cutting edge. This gives them a competitive edge even.

Mike Blake: [00:10:04] So, are you teaching leaders of the Genentechs and State Farms of the world then, you know, how to how to be funny? I don’t know who their CEOs are, but, you know, are they now qualified to do stand-up or what does that look like?

Karyn Buxman: [00:10:23] I’m so happy you asked that because this is the biggest misconception that when I’m teaching people or encouraging people to leverage the power of humor, that what I’m really talking about is entertainment. How do you get other people to laugh? And that is not the case. What I’ve identified are three purposes of humor. And the first purpose of humor is entertainment. And that’s the one that everybody knows and is familiar with.

Karyn Buxman: [00:11:03] And when our purpose is entertainment, we measure our success by laughter. But there’s two other purposes. One of the purposes is influence and the other is well-being. And just in your intro, when you were talking, I thought, “Oh, man. Boom, boom. Both of those are relevant to our listeners today.” And so, with influence, we don’t measure the success of humor and influence by laughter, we measure it by the quality of the relationships that we have.

Karyn Buxman: [00:11:41] And with well-being, we measure the success of applied humor by the levels of health and wellness within areas that are physical, psychological, social, and even spiritual. So, it’s this power of humor when you apply it. And when you apply humor to business, you can create success. When you apply it in profitability, when you apply to education, you can create more knowledge. When you apply it to health, we can create well-being. When you apply humor to an individual situation, we can create even intimacy. And when we apply it to a group, we can create community.

Karyn Buxman: [00:12:28] And so, it goes so far beyond being funny, which is great. Because when I’m talking to high performers, one of the top three push-backs I get is, “What if I’m not funny?” And I say, “Great because you don’t have to be funny”, which I know a bunch of accountants are going, “Oh, my God, thank God, you’re so right on.” I mean, oh, my gosh, Bob Newhart, he just makes me laugh so hard, I cry. And if there is anyone listening who has not ever listened to the piece on Bob Newhart as the psychologist, he’s trying to help a woman stop her OCD habits and phobias, it’s fall down, hysterical.

Karyn Buxman: [00:13:15] So, you know, here we go, we’re not trying to be funny, we’re trying to see funny. We’re trying to raise our awareness, raise our appreciation of humor so that we can experience it more. And in so doing, now, we recognize and can leverage opportunities of humor so that we can use those in our efforts to be more persuasive, be more informative, be more relatable, all of those kinds of things. And so, for everyone listening today, here’s a big takeaway, you don’t have to be the humor initiator, you can be the humor appreciator and you can still gain the benefit of humor in furthering your success.

Mike Blake: [00:14:10] Well, okay. And even if you think about entertainment, right? I mean, Dean Martin and Ed McMahon did pretty well being the straight guys, right?

Karyn Buxman: [00:14:18] Yes. Yes. And when you recognize the power of humor and to leverage humor, you can leverage other people’s humor. You don’t have to be the funny person. You can leverage your client’s humor. You can leverage humor that has to do with your environment. You can leverage humor that’s going on in the news. There’s all different ways that you can use that without ever having to say something funny yourself. Although I will say, if you practice appreciating humor on a regular basis, most people will get funnier. I mean, you can’t help it.

Karyn Buxman: [00:15:05] Here’s a quick little story, because I do entertain audiences, I mean, from 10 to 10,000-plus around the planet and I do make people laugh and I had a gentleman come up to me after one of my presentations and he said, “Oh, my gosh, were you always this funny?” And nobody has ever asked me that before. And I thought, “Yeah, I guess so.” But a couple of months later, I went back home. I met with my mom and I said, “Hey, mom, by the way, was I always funny?” And she looked at me and kind of kept her head thoughtfully and then, she said, “No.” And my mouth dropped up. And she said, “You were always the one with the sunny disposition.”

Karyn Buxman: [00:15:48] And at first, I was a little taken aback. But then, I got excited because what I realized was that because of my research and because I was so excited about the benefits, I was willing to practice more humor. I was willing to take a few more risks because the benefits outweighed the risks. And I became funnier in the process. And so, I think that others can also go down this path of appreciating humor, studying humor, experiencing humor. And eventually, they could be funny, too, if they desire. Not everybody wants to be funny.

Mike Blake: [00:16:30] So, let me share with you an experience we had in our firm. So, when I joined Brady Ware, because I’m a geek and I worked in the really quant jock area of our firm, I decided that we would celebrate Pi Day, which is, of course, March 14th. And we celebrate it promptly at 1:59 p.m. and 27 seconds, right?

Karyn Buxman: [00:16:52] I love it.

Mike Blake: [00:16:53] And so, the first thing we did, I ran out and I bought a bunch of pies. I had a bunch of pies and I was fine. This year, you know, I was told we have a fun committee. Okay. So, nothing says more fun than a committee. But anyway, I went to the committee and I said, “Hey, regarding this Pi Day, do you want to do anything different?” And they said, “You know, what we really like to do is we would like to throw pies at the partners.” And I said, “Okay, well, if you can convince the other partners and partners are in, I’m in.” And to the partners’ credit, they all readily said, “Yeah, I’m in.” Now, none of them, I think, are people that necessarily—I mean, some of them can crack a joke, others are more not the joke crackers. But, you know, everybody stood up there and took their pie lumps for about 15 minutes or so.

Karyn Buxman: [00:17:45] Oh, my God.

Mike Blake: [00:17:46] And I think you can predict what the morale impact on the company was on that exercise. We didn’t say a joke, we didn’t do anything that was funny, but we let ourselves be part of a gag. We let ourselves be the target of a gag.

Karyn Buxman: [00:18:03] Oh, my God, you’ve just opened the—number one, that is awesome. That is an incredible story. And two, let’s break this down. Can we unpack this for a minute?

Mike Blake: [00:18:16] That’s why I brought it up. We’re just going to tear out the script. This may be a three-parter.

Karyn Buxman: [00:18:20] Yes. So, here’s something, let’s unpack this a little bit, because one, you know, I think as we also celebrate Pi Day and then, there was Ultimate Pi Day, which was 3.14.15. And that was like, we’re kind of geeky around that as well. But in allowing your people to be the recipients of the humor, you allowed them to be the recipients of the humor, and in so doing, now, they have shown a little bit of vulnerability.

Karyn Buxman: [00:18:59] And in that vulnerability, this is where we create trust equity. Trust equity. Because earlier, we were talking about brains. And with brains, we have a state when we are leaning toward an individual, when we are connecting with an individual, when our brain chemicals are in a toward state of connection. This is something that facilitates relationship rapport, bonding. But when our brains are in an away state, when your epinephrine is going up and when our cortisol is going up and when our dopamine is going down and serotonin is going down and all these other connecting hormones and proteins, this is when we call this an away state.

Karyn Buxman: [00:19:57] And when we’re in an away state, it can be a low level stress, it can be a fear. The purpose of our brains are to protect us. And so, it’s always looking for threat. And you guys may not want to hear this, but, you know, as somebody who is in the field of managing people’s money, you automatically put someone’s brain in a threat state. I would say anybody who handles someone’s money or somebody’s body, you are working with a clientele whose brain is in an away state, a threat state.

Karyn Buxman: [00:20:37] How do you reverse that? Because if the brain is in an away state and the person’s amygdala is hijacked, you know, you’re not going to be able to inform them. You’re not going to be able to help them. You’re not going to be able to persuade them to the degree that you could if they were in a toward state. And humor creates that toward state. And so, what you did in so doing this exercise was the people who allowed someone to throw pies at them, they’re showing, in a humorous way, some vulnerability. And other people look at that and say, “Wow, that person is a little bit vulnerable. And that means I am safer.” And so, this isn’t even at a conscious level.

Karyn Buxman: [00:21:33] But anybody who would learn about this as a client or as a potential client or customer, that helps create that toward state. And in so doing, even among the team, now, we’ve created a toward state so that people are connecting more, the morale improves, the connectedness improves. And for so many reasons, you facilitated that and you probably didn’t even intentionally know that that was going to be the outcome. But here’s the great thing, now, you do. And with great power comes great responsibility, Mike. So, now, you want to look for other opportunities to create that toward state intentionally, because that’s what strategic humor is about. It’s humor by choice, not by chance.

Mike Blake: [00:22:30] Yeah. So-

Karyn Buxman: [00:22:32] Kudos to you.

Mike Blake: [00:22:32] Well, thank you. You know, it’s actually not that hard to have a pie thrown on your face, so if I can put that on my LinkedIn as a skill, I will. So, let me ask. So, the second part to this then is there is debate as to whether or not we’re going to post the pictures and videos on social media. We decided to do that. Did we do the right thing or wrong thing there?

Karyn Buxman: [00:22:59] It depends. I would say yes. I would say it’s the right thing to do. And I will say that there have been other professions who have posted similar kinds of situations. And occasionally, they get some push-back. But here’s what I would say, I’ve identified seven building blocks that are fundamental to successful humor in terms of influence. And those seven are bond, environments, authenticity, safety, distance and that’s both temporal and geographical content and delivery.

Karyn Buxman: [00:23:44] But the very first one, bond, is one that is so important and one that people often misunderstand. And what you’re asking actually has to do with the first one, bond, and the second one, environment. So, let’s look at this. In terms of bond, the question is, did this move trust equity forward with the people that you were sharing it with? And my guess is, yes, with your target audience, with your avatar, with the people that you know and that know you.

Karyn Buxman: [00:24:23] The biggest mistake that people make when they share humor is to not understand the relationship between themselves and the person they’re sharing the humor with. And our brains are designed as such that at times, we misunderstand or we misperceive how alike we really are. Like, “Oh, well, you know, I’m in Atlanta, he’s in Atlanta, we both like the same sports team, so we probably vote for the same person.” Well, that’s not a good assumption.

Karyn Buxman: [00:25:00] And, you know, we probably like the same kind of humor. Same kind of thing, not necessarily safe to assume. But the more you know your audience and kind of the longer period of time, the more trust equity you’ve built up, the riskier humor can be. But I’m going to stay on bond, I’m going to say yes, with your avatar, that would be totally appropriate. In terms of environment, the question is, has your humor been shared with anybody who is outside of your circle, outside of your group of trust?

Karyn Buxman: [00:25:40] And with social media, that’s harder to control. Because not only can you share it with your group, but they can share it to others outside your group. I’m going to say still, this is benign enough because if we go to the building block of safety, could anybody have been physically or emotionally hurt? You know, there’s a small chance that somebody could have been hurt with a pie in the face. You know, it’s like, well, what if, you know, they left the aluminum part of it on and that hit somebody-

Mike Blake: [00:26:15] Right.

Karyn Buxman: [00:26:15] … on their skin or in their eyeball?

Mike Blake: [00:26:17] Somebody hit you a frozen chicken pot pie, that would not turn out as well.

Karyn Buxman: [00:26:20] Yeah. Yeah. But, you know, could anybody feel bullied or embarrassed? You know, well, there’s a there’s a possibility, but it still feels pretty low if they voluntarily stepped up, pardon the pun to the pie plate. So, with all of those things, I’m going to say that the benefits would outweigh the risks. You know, if somebody is offended, why would they be offended? Because, you know, there’s some kind of a secret organization that is anti pie in the face? I mean, I can’t really even think of it.

Karyn Buxman: [00:26:57] You know, there’s going to be some, they’re like, “Oh, my gosh, is that really professional?” And again, those people have the misunderstanding, somewhere along the way, we confuse professionalism with solemnness. I’m not sure where that happened because we have leaders who are tremendously influential, who are incredibly professional, who are looked upon in the highest regard. You look at, you know, Churchill, you look at Gandhi, you look at President Kennedy and Reagan, I mean, there’s Lincoln, all these people were recognized as influential leaders and professional and yet they had an amazing sense of humor. So, I think that what you did was awesome.

Mike Blake: [00:27:51] So, where is that line or is there a line between, you know, humor and crossing that line to undermining your credibility? Is there some meter or some scale where, you know, you’re trying to be too yak yak and therefore, it’s going to make a little bit—you know, as you’re being wheeled in for brain surgery, do you necessarily want a knock knock joke out of the people in the operating room or, you know,I mean, maybe you do because it’ll take some of the tension out before they drill in your head, I’m not sure. But can you go too far with it?

Karyn Buxman: [00:28:33] This is such a great question and this is why I’m guaranteed, you know, enough work for my lifetime. There is a line, but it’s not a stationary line. That line is moving and it is moving based on those seven building blocks. And I actually have devised a tool where when I’m working with groups or when I’m consulting with someone, we take these situations and we actually break them down. We quantify each of these seven steps so that people can begin to get a feel for, where is that line?

Karyn Buxman: [00:29:17] Because sometimes, we intuitively know it. Sometimes, we misjudge it. And when you do cross that line or fall over that line, you want to pick yourself back up and then, you want to examine what happens. If someone was offended, you want to address that with them. And then, you want to learn from it and do it again. You want to adjust. It’s a scientific process. You know, you create your hypothesis. You put into place an action. And then, you observe, you assess what was the result of that action. And then, you adjust and you repeat.

Karyn Buxman: [00:30:01] And so, these are the kinds of things in terms of that moving line. But I mean, we all know the person who recognized that, “Oh, humor is a good thing, so we’re going to use more humor.” And then, they just become obnoxious because they try to be humorous or funny all the time. You know, I had mentioned earlier that one of the push-backs I get is, “What if I’m not funny?” A second concern that I hear is, “Well, what if everybody’s goofing off? We’ll never get anything done around here.”.

Karyn Buxman: [00:30:33] And here’s the key to this, the key to this is you need to have intentionally your goal, your desired outcome, your standards. And then, you also set the tone for humor. And here’s why, because you pair the two. Because if you only set the tone for high performance and hard work and high aspirations and that’s all that you do, eventually, people assume that the philosophy at work is the firings will continue until morale improves. If you only set the tone for humor without having a high benchmark for performance, then it becomes Animal House. And if anybody here is listening to this and doesn’t know the reference to Animal House and John Belushi, go look that up on YouTube.

Karyn Buxman: [00:31:35] But when you pair the two, now, you have high expectations per performance and you have set the tone for humor. And now, people have a better guideline of where to go. But for leaders to actually mentor their followers, their colleagues, their co-workers, their clients, their students, their family, to mentor others on the appropriate use of humor so that you leverage it and get the most benefits from it, I think, is really to be in a sweet spot.

Mike Blake: [00:32:12] So, let’s dig into this. You know, we’ve talked around this a little bit, but I want to make sure that we hit this hard, because it really is the heart of the topic, which is, you know, what benefits can I expect by creating a—is it fair to call it a humor-centric, if you will, business culture? And I think that’s important, because one of the things about humor is that there is risk. There is risk to humor-

Karyn Buxman: [00:32:41] Yes. Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:32:41] … which is one of the things we admire people who do it well. And if there’s risk, there’s got to be some return on the other end. So, you know, for companies that you’ve helped or have tried to help, you know, what is the carrot that makes it worth the risk of adopting or integrating humor into the culture?

Karyn Buxman: [00:33:00] God, that’s a great question. And I have identified 10 habits of high-performance humor. And one of those habits is risk management. And quite frankly, most of the listeners are in some form of risk management. And, you know, you want to look at, particularly, the seven building blocks that I spoke of and understand how to really embrace those and practice those so that you lower your risk. I think that if you really understand those seven building blocks, you embrace them, you practice them. I think you reduce your risk down to as low as 1 percent.

Karyn Buxman: [00:33:44] You know, there’s always going to be the oddball who comes in with their own agenda and their own backpack filled with all of their complaints and concerns. And it doesn’t matter how carefully you tiptoe, it doesn’t matter even if you’re not using humor, they’re going to find something to be offended about. So, the risks, I think, are worthy of noting and you really do need to include risk management. But in terms of benefits, it’s physiological, psychological, social, all of these things.

Karyn Buxman: [00:34:20] In terms of executives who are listening, I think one of the most exciting benefits that we’ve identified now is the cognitive capacity. The fact is that cognitive capacity, which is more or less a snapshot of your cognitive ability at any given time, we can increase cognitive capacity. And here’s how that works, humor is the connecting of two ideas that are not alike, that are disconnected. And when we connect those two disconnected dots, we create neuroplasticity.

Karyn Buxman: [00:35:06] We’re creating new pathways in our brain. And this creates a cascade effect. Because when we connect the disconnected dots and we create this neuroplasticity, which creates a higher level of cognitive ability, this, in turn, results in a higher level of problem-solving, which, in effect, allows an executive, particularly, your CEO level. They’re the visionaries. They’re the ones that need to have that cognitive capacity that is so high that they can forecast into the future.

Karyn Buxman: [00:35:44] When we did brain studies on people who were experiencing humor, one of the things that my colleague, Dr. Lee Berk, who is a leading researcher up in Loma Linda, discovered was that the brain pattern that we see is inclusive of gamma waves and the gamma wave pattern, which we’ve only been able to measure with digital technology, which has been created in the last decade or so. This is the same gamma wave pattern that we see in people who practice deep meditation and deep mindfulness. And people may say, “Well, so what?” Well, you know, who here couldn’t use more focus? Who couldn’t use a little more productivity? Who couldn’t use a little more creativity? Now, I know for people in accounting, you don’t want to get too wild and crazy for the creativity.

Mike Blake: [00:36:45] We could use more, believe me.

Karyn Buxman: [00:36:49] But these are the benefits cognitively. One of the things that you mentioned in the intro was this can be wearing and tearing on somebody, this field that you’re in. In terms of the financial world, whether it’s in accounting or financial management or whatever area that someone may be in, if they experience any kind of stress, what we have found is that short-term humor is an amazing coping ability. It’s a healthy coping mechanism.

Karyn Buxman: [00:37:22] And when practiced consistently and over time, we find that we can build resilience. And so, who in this field wouldn’t want to benefit from that? Socially, we benefit from bonding, whether that’s with our customer and our client or whether it’s our colleagues, our families, our friends. We find that it also is raising levels of emotion so that for people who are experiencing depression, we can move them up the emotional scale so that eventually they could achieve happiness, you know, at least for periods of time. Well, I think that’s very exciting. Who wouldn’t like a little more happiness? And then, of course, there’s all of the financial benefits that we can recognize.

Karyn Buxman: [00:38:11] Because in a sales process, you know, when we get people in a toward brain state, people make their purchases based on emotions. Logic tells that emotion sells. You can give them all sorts of data. But unless there is some kind of an emotional hook, they’re probably going to continue to shop around and get more information until they find that emotional hook to buy. And so, I would ask who’s in sales and maybe one or two people raise their hands. No, we’re all in sales. Whether you’re trying to sell an idea or sell a concept, sell your services, you know, negotiate a bedtime with a five-year old. Oh, my gosh. Five-year olds are like the most intense negotiators on the planet.

Mike Blake: [00:39:02] I think negotiating the Vietnam peace accord was easier than negotiating the typical bedtime with a five-year old.

Karyn Buxman: [00:39:08] Isn’t that the truth?

Mike Blake: [00:39:09] Henry Kissinger probably had a very hard time getting his kids to bed and that literally prepared him for Vietnam.

Karyn Buxman: [00:39:17] Isn’t that so? Isn’t that so? So, we’re all in sales, which is most people don’t realize it. And so, humor helps with that. You know, it helps with that. For those in positions of leadership, you know, when you read Cialdini’s book on influence and persuasion, you know, the number one influencer that he enlisted is likability. All things being equal, people would rather do business with someone that they find fun, that they find likable, that they find enjoyable. And so, these are some of the few reasons that people would want to start incorporating more humor into their work environment, into their corporate culture, because they’re going to find so many of these benefits come their way when they practice it intentionally and consistently. Those are two key factors that are really, really important to get the benefits.

Mike Blake: [00:40:23] So, good. So, let’s then drill down to the next step. I’m listening to this podcast and I decide that my company would benefit from having more humor integrated into its culture. At a high level, what are the steps to that look like?

Karyn Buxman: [00:40:44] I would encourage people first just to really assess where they are on the scale of both humor appreciation and humor application. I developed an assessment called the Humor Quotient, or HQ. We’ve heard of IQ, EQ, this is HQ. And I’ll give you the thumbnail version of this. And then, for people who would like to learn more about it, there is a download we can tell them about at the end of this conversation that we’re having.

Karyn Buxman: [00:41:22] And the humor quotient measures, again, your appreciation on a scale of one to 10, how easily can you find amusement that results in a smile, a laugh, or feelings of enjoyment. And then, on a scale of one to 10, how readily and how frequently do you apply humor toward a desired outcome intentionally and consistently over time? And we have, you know, a questionnaire that goes into a little more detail than that.

Karyn Buxman: [00:42:07] But first, just get a picture where you are and understand a little bit about that and where there are areas for improvement. I have found that one of the most important steps is the appreciation, because what I started out doing in this process was teaching people how to apply humor, realizing that they didn’t have an appreciation of humor enough to even understand and recognize where those opportunities were for the application.

Karyn Buxman: [00:42:42] And so, you know, I have a process that I take people through. But first of all, I would say manipulate your mindset. Ask yourself, you know, are you finding and experiencing the humor that surrounds you? Now, I’ll tell you, some people are thinking to themselves, “Well, she doesn’t understand. There’s nothing funny. In my life, there’s nothing funny about my work. You know, my family’s not funny, my coworkers aren’t funny. There’s nothing funny.”.

Karyn Buxman: [00:43:13] And I will tell you right now, if that is your belief, that is your reality. Because I’m going to tell you, there’s humor abundant around you the majority of the time. And again, this goes back to our brain process of recognizing it, because there’s a brain formation that’s about the size of your finger and it’s called the reticular activating system. And when you tell your brain that you want to be aware of something, this part of your brain is activated and it will start showing you more of that.

Karyn Buxman: [00:43:50] It’s like, you know, I bought a yellow car and then, you start looking out on the highway and all of a sudden, you see all these yellow cars and you think, “Oh, my gosh, where did these come from? I’ve never seen a yellow car out on the highway before.” But you’re your brain now is raising your awareness to be able to see those. So, start looking for the humor around you and you’re going to find it on a more regular basis. Manipulate your mindset.

Karyn Buxman: [00:44:15] Manipulate your environment is the second thing I would encourage people to do. And that is how can you increase the likelihood of experiencing more humor? What can you do to put in your environment so that you can have it readily available? Do you have humorous books or cues, that’s C-U-E-S, cues, which are a reminder of lightening up. My husband and I love Comic-Con. And anybody who’s ever watched Big Bang Theory would have heard of Comic-Con.

Karyn Buxman: [00:44:53] It’s this huge nerdy conference. 140,000 people over four days here in San Diego. And, you know, cosplay and all that other stuff. But we love that. It makes us smile. It makes us laugh. It makes us feel good. And so, around our house, we have little things from Comic-Con that when we see them, we feel better. How can you do that? You never have to be further than your phone to have humor at your disposal now, there’s apps, there’s websites, there’s social media.

Karyn Buxman: [00:45:24] I keep funny audio books. I bookmark funny videos. And as a last resort, here’s a humor hack. If you’re in a bad mood, you Google laughing babies. It’s like go to YouTube, laughing babies. If you can’t smile when you are watching laughing babies or at least internally have that feeling of amusement, then you need to call me. It’s like we need to work on this. This is an emergency situation. Because anybody with a healthy brain, because of your mirror neurons, you’re going to find some amusement in that and you’re going to feel better.

Karyn Buxman: [00:46:10] But manipulating your mindset and manipulating your environment, finding an accountability partner. I have a partner and every day, we have made a commitment to one another that we’re going to send something to one another. And here was the benefit that I didn’t anticipate, but now, I’m fully enjoying. Every morning, I spend 15 to 20 minutes looking for something that I know she will enjoy and that is appropriate for her.

Karyn Buxman: [00:46:40] But now, what I’m doing is I am starting my day framing it by looking for humor. Do you know how much that positively affects my mood and my outlook for the next part of my day? It’s been a wonderful benefit for me and I thought I was doing it for her. I still get the dopamine hit because I’m doing an act of kindness and paying it forward. But it’s really a double-benefit, I get to do something for her and for myself.

Karyn Buxman: [00:47:18] And I think the last thing that I would tell people, and there’s so much more but because of our time, I would tell them, become a student of humor. That’s another one of the humor habits, is become a student of humor. This is a new field. It’s an exploding field. Compared to other fields, it’s really still very young in its existence. And there are magazines. There are books. There are organizations.

Karyn Buxman: [00:47:46] There’s a nonprofit organization, I have no financial ties to this organization, but the organization is called the Association for Applied and Therapeutic Humor, aath.org. They have all different kinds of articles and resources on their website. I have lots of articles and resources and books and things that I would love to share with people. But find a resource that works for you and study this and then, practice it on a consistent basis. How does that sound? Does that resonate with you?

Mike Blake: [00:48:21] Yeah. And I love the part about, you know, becoming a student of humor. I think if you observe and surround yourself with humor, that’s how you can get good at it. And if you don’t have humor in your life, you don’t know what it looks like. And so, that makes perfect sense.

Karyn Buxman: [00:48:42] Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:48:42] So, I want to be respectful of your time because you’re just starting your day out there in beautiful San Diego. If somebody wants to learn more about neurohumor and how to integrate it into their business strategically, how can they contact you?

Karyn Buxman: [00:48:58] I love connecting with people on social media, reach out to me on LinkedIn. I think that in the show notes, you may be including some of this. I love connecting with professionals and high performers on LinkedIn and the other areas of social media. My website is karynbuxman.com. But for those who would like to see a sample, this is like, again, a sneak peek of the book that will be coming out with ForbesBooks Fall 2020, the book, Funny Means Money, Strategic Humor for Influence and World Domination.

Karyn Buxman: [00:49:33] We have a download of that available. And that also includes a further description of the humor quotient, along with a lot of the other tools and things that we slightly touched on or didn’t even begin to touch on. And that can be found at the web domain, humorforme, the word humor, H-U-M-O-R-F-O-R-M-E, humorforme.com. And I would love for them to download that sample book, get more information and then, take it from there.

Mike Blake: [00:50:07] Well, good. Thank you so much. That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Karyn Buxman so much for joining us and sharing her expertise with us today. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next executive decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, credibility, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, distance, humor, humor in business, humor quotient, humor-centric business culture, Karyn Buxman, laughing babies, laughter, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, neurohumor, neurohumorist, neuroplasticity, the power of laughter at work

Decision Vision Episode 45: Should I Increase My Prices? – An Interview with John Ray, Ray Business Advisors, LLC

January 2, 2020 by John Ray

should I increase my prices
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 45: Should I Increase My Prices? - An Interview with John Ray, Ray Business Advisors, LLC
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Should I Increase My Prices
Mike Blake and John Ray

Decision Vision Episode 45:  Should I Increase My Prices? – An Interview with John Ray, Ray Business Advisors, LLC

“Should I increase my prices?” If this question makes you pause, then this “Decision Vision” episode is for you. Price and value authority John Ray speaks with host Mike Blake on the importance of pricing in a business, how to negotiate prices, why hourly billing is the wrong way to price, and dealing with the “it’s too expensive” objection. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

John Ray, Ray Business Advisors, LLC

should I increase my prices
John Ray, Ray Business Advisors, LLC

Because pricing is the fastest way to change the profitability of a business, John Ray advises business owners on the “should I increase my prices” question, how to change their pricing, and moving to a value pricing model. His clients include attorneys, CPAs, consultants, other professional services firms, and technology companies. His blog, “Pricing for Profit,” regularly features examples and stories which help business owners in their own pricing journey. John is also a speaker on pricing and value at numerous chambers, business events and seminars. John also helps small to mid-sized companies achieve their profit and growth goals as an outside CFO.

John also owns and operates the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®. John is the host of “North Fulton Business Radio” and “Alpharetta Tech Talk.” He also plans, produces, and promotes radio show/podcasts for businesses and entrepreneurs.

John is extremely active in the North Fulton community. He is on the board of the Greater North Fulton Chamber of Commerce (GNFCC), and serves in a variety of capacities there, including Chairman’s Circle, member of the Finance Committee, and Chair of the Awards Committee. John was named the 2018 Harry Rucker Jr. Volunteer of the Year by GNFCC.

For more information on John and his firm, find John’s LinkedIn profile here, go to raybusinessadvisors.com, or call John directly at (404) 287-2627.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:19] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio, Richmond, Indiana, and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:03] So, today, we’re going to talk about adjusting your prices. And this show is going to be published shortly after the secular New Year. So, for those of you who celebrate Christmas, I wish you a merry Christmas after the fact. And those of you who celebrate the Catholic Protestant New Year, Happy New Year to you. If you are a Kwanzaa celebrant, I will wish you a happy Kwanzaa and readers as well. And happy Hanukkah. This will probably come out, I guess, a few days after the last evening of Hanukkah. And if you’re an atheist and don’t believe in any of this, I’ll just wish that you have a nice day.

Mike Blake: [00:01:49] But anyway, we wanted to make sure that this particular program started off the new year because it’s a topic that I think most business people are thinking about revisiting. And if you’re not, you probably should. And that is the topic of pricing. Pricing, I think, is one of the hardest things to get right, particularly, but not limited to professional services. Figuring out the price that you need to charge your clients, your customers is a challenge.

Mike Blake: [00:02:26] And it’s a challenge as much as anything because the market is not very transparent. Our competitors, at least in professional services, we don’t know exactly what they are charging except on rare occasions. And even if you do, you’re not exactly sure necessarily how to equate the value propositions. You may or may not be sure how your client equates those value propositions. And because pricing is so difficult, it is important, I think, to revisit that on a regular basis at least every year. Because that way, if you’re getting it wrong, you only have to live with the mistake for about a year or so.

Mike Blake: [00:03:07] And on the other hand, if you’re getting it right, great, you revisit it, you think about it for five minutes, “I’m good”, and you move on. And pricing has some interesting psychology to it as well, because we are making a statement to the market that we believe our product and service is worth X. And when somebody decides not to buy, whether it is a product or service, they are telling us that they don’t agree that it’s worth X. And that requires some mental toughness in order to kind of sustain yourself through that.

Mike Blake: [00:03:44] So, it’s an important topic and we’re going to get into it today. I was thinking about relaying an anecdote, actually, of a pricing challenge, an event that I just have. Now, I’m going to wait until we do the interview, because I think it will flow better. So, let’s jump into it. Joining us today is John Ray, who is the owner of Ray Business Advisors. John helps small to mid-sized companies, including law firms and CPA firms achieve their profit and growth goals, and God knows we need help.

Mike Blake: [00:04:16] John’s clients come to him to reduce the stress and anxiety, which often comes with day-to-day management of a business. John works with businesses to enhance their pricing strategies and make more money. John also relieves the burden of accounting and bookkeeping and improves business processes. John holds a Bachelor of Arts from Vanderbilt University, a school with a terrific baseball program, an okay basketball program, and a football program that’s lousy and that’s to see what probably is good in almost any other conference.

John Ray: [00:04:46] The longest bear market in history.

Mike Blake: [00:04:47] The longest bear market in history. Although Tennessee maybe giving them a run for their money now, interestingly enough. With honors in English and economics, John is also a studio partner for Business RadioX, voice of the Fortune 500,000 and produces this Decision Vision podcast. He helps business owners plan, produce, and promote their own radio shows and podcasts. And I can tell you that we’ve been very happy with John’s service and the impact that we’ve had and have the opportunity to make in the marketplace and sharing our knowledge.

Mike Blake: [00:05:18] So, you know, as an aside, maybe we’ll probably do a show on this. Should I do a podcast? I can tell you that for us, it’s been a successful activity and one that’s been well worth doing, we’re going to continue doing it for a while. So, if you’re hoping we would go away, sorry. John is very active in the North Fulton community. He sits on the board of the Greater North Fulton Chamber of Commerce and serves in a variety of capacities, including the chairman circle, member of the finance committee, and co-chair of the awards committee. John was named the 2018 Harry Rucker Junior Volunteer of the Year by the Greater North Fulton Chamber of Commerce. John, welcome to the program.

John Ray: [00:05:55] Great to be here. Great to be on the other side of the mic.

Mike Blake: [00:05:58] Yeah. So, I know you’ve been chomping at the bit to sort of jump in here, but I have to ask you, do you know who Harry Rucker Junior is and why the award is named for him?

John Ray: [00:06:08] I have no clue.

Mike Blake: [00:06:09] Okay.

John Ray: [00:06:10] I Googled him, but I couldn’t find him.

Mike Blake: [00:06:12] That’s an honest man right there. So, I guess he was so generous, he wanted all of his volunteer activities to go anonymously. So, there you have it.

John Ray: [00:06:22] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:06:22] So, let’s jump into this. I mean, why are we talking about this? You make a living off of helping companies figure out their pricing and correct their pricing, why is it so hard?

John Ray: [00:06:33] Well, first of all, it’s hard, I think, a couple of things. Well, first of all, I don’t know that folks get much training, if any, in pricing. And that’s really odd because of what an impact pricing has on the bottom line. So, studies from folks like McKinsey show that pricing has the biggest variable impact on the bottom line of the business. This is an accounting fact. So, it’s more than cutting expenses, it’s more than let’s do a better job with marketing or converting leads or what have you. So, pricing’s got the biggest impact whatsoever.

John Ray: [00:07:12] Yet, business schools, the last that I saw shows that only less than 10 percent of business schools out there actually have a course, just one course on pricing. So, we put entrepreneurs out there into the marketplace, get them going, and they’re good at customer discovery and they’re good at a lot of things that have to do with the business and if they’re not, they can go easily get those skills outsourced to receive those skills, but pricing is always a problem, because of this lack of training and education that they have once they start a company.

Mike Blake: [00:07:55] Yeah. It’s interesting. You know, going back to my own MBA experience, which was a very long time ago, my diploma is on a cave painting in France someplace. But we learned almost nothing about price. And the only time I remember it ever really coming up in a rigorous way was we did a marketing simulation and we had to do pricing and that was fine as far as it went, right?

John Ray: [00:08:17] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:08:18] But there’s a limit to that. And I mean, I think you’re so right. In one respect, price is the easiest thing to change about your business, right? You can just decide to do it.

John Ray: [00:08:29] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:08:30] Now, you may not do it correctly, but you can’t do it almost instantaneously, right? Whether it’s just changing the number you put on your engagement letters or going off the price gun-

John Ray: [00:08:39] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:08:39] … it’s fairly easy to change. In your experience, when people or businesses mispriced their offerings, do they tend to overprice or underprice them?

John Ray: [00:08:50] Underprice. And I’m an example of this, I have to say. I mean, I got passionate about this because-

Mike Blake: [00:08:56] You’re gonna testify, aren’t you?

John Ray: [00:08:57] Yes, I am. I’m going to confess right here. If anybody’s listening, I’m confessing. So, no, I mean, it’s, you underprice what you do, particularly, as you said in the intro, in professional services. Because in professional services, we price our sales and there’s these voices that speak to us that sit on our shoulder and whisper in our ear that says, “Oh, that person’s not going to pay that much. You know, that company is talking to other people”, or what have you. And, you know, you need to knock a little bit off of that. That’s not going to work. And we talk ourselves out of the way we should price.

John Ray: [00:09:42] I think there’s a misconception also that if you lower your price, you’ll get more business. And actually, the opposite is sometimes true because price is an indication of quality. And I could relay a lot of anecdotes about how increasing prices actually increase sales, because suddenly, that the customer base, that product or service was aimed at, saw a lot more quality in what they were being presented than they had previously. So, price is a signal, and it’s actually a marketing signal.

Mike Blake: [00:10:23] There’s a great episode on Frasier, where Frasier and Niles were talking about, I think it was some sort of massage therapist or something. And they’re bragging, basically bragged in terms of the hourly rate, right?

John Ray: [00:10:42] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:10:43] So Niles was saying, you know, “My massage therapist is $500.” Frasier comes in and says, “Mine is a $1,000-an-hour.” And Niles goes, “She sounds fantastic.”

John Ray: [00:10:52] That’s right. Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:10:54] And, you know, I remember, earlier in my career, you know, one of the services we provide is something called a fairness opinion, which is an appraisal of a business where we have some fiduciary responsibility attached to it. So, there’s liability, so we tend to charge more. First one I ever did or maybe the second one I ever did but for a very friendly client. And I want to make sure I got the business, I underpriced it.

Mike Blake: [00:11:20] I got the business, but my client told me after the fact, he said, “Look, I appreciate the price, but I got to tell you, you almost didn’t get the work because your bid was so much lower than everybody else’s. We were concerned or the board was concerned that you actually knew what you were doing and you could put the requisite time and effort into this exercise. And I had to go to bat for you and say, ‘No. He knows what he’s doing in valuation, he just don’t know anything about pricing.'” I said, “Thanks.”

John Ray: [00:11:49] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:11:49] Right?

John Ray: [00:11:49] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:11:50] But, you know, we rarely get insight into that process. But I can tell you that, you know, A, I left about $35,000 on the table, no doubt, a minimum. And B, I nearly got nothing because I was so good at negotiating with myself-

John Ray: [00:12:05] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:12:05] … that I almost negotiated myself right out of that business.

John Ray: [00:12:09] And we’ve all looked at something and said, “That’s too good to be true”, in terms of the price. There’s something wrong. But we rarely take that sentiment and turn it around on our own product or service, right?

Mike Blake: [00:12:23] Right.

John Ray: [00:12:23] So, I think that’s what you’re getting at and it makes tons of sense. And I have never seen anybody. And if you’re out there, please write in and let us know and we’ll stand corrected. But I’ve never seen a business start out by overpricing.

Mike Blake: [00:12:44] We have no e-mail free to write in, by the way. We’re trying to fix that, but write in sort of metaphorically.

John Ray: [00:12:50] That’s right.

Mike Blake: [00:12:52] Or John will give you his e-mail at the end of this podcast, so you can write into there, I guess.

John Ray: [00:12:55] Yeah, there you go.

Mike Blake: [00:12:57] So, we’re over-thinking it, should pricing just be simple as, “Here’s what it costs me to deliver this product or service, here’s the amount of profit I want to make off of it”?

John Ray: [00:13:11] Well, certainly, your revenues have to exceed your costs. So, let’s just start with that. So let’s make the accountants happy and we’re going to agree to that. What I find, particularly in professional services, is that when a professional services provider focuses on pricing relative to the value that they deliver and just getting a piece of the value they deliver and that’s their equation, then they make a lot more money and they really don’t have to worry about their cost because they deliver so much value, generally.

John Ray: [00:13:54] So, sure, it’s important to have a profitable business, but that’s not really what we’re talking about here in getting our pricing right for professional services providers, it’s really about getting a piece of the value that you provide such that you can have a more focused business working with the best clients and not be so stressed, really running a business where you’ve got a bunch of clients where you really don’t want to service a bunch of them, right?

Mike Blake: [00:14:25] Yeah.

John Ray: [00:14:26] 20% or 30% of them, you really don’t want, but you’ve got them simply because you’re getting the revenue out of them. But they’re very low margin clients.

Mike Blake: [00:14:34] And that’s where you get back in the podcast number two, how should I fire my client?

John Ray: [00:14:38] That’s right. My favorite of the series, so far.

Mike Blake: [00:14:42] So, can different clients have different prices for roughly the same product or deliverable? And is that okay?

John Ray: [00:14:50] Absolutely. So, different clients have different values. And it’s okay to price based on those values. And it’s okay to offer options that clients can select, the options based on service levels, speed of delivery of the service, et cetera. In fact, I highly, highly recommend, in fact, demand of my clients that they offer options because that really helps ferret out what you’re getting at. So, I think the biggest mistake a lot of folks make is here’s my price, it’s kind of a fill or kill adversarial situation, right? Either you accept or you don’t. That’s the way the client looks at it, right? I think, Mike, what folks need to understand is that clients love options. They like to select. They like to see what your panoply of services are and come out with what they want.

Mike Blake: [00:15:59] And, you know, I think, perhaps, the best example, and I do this more and more, I offer choices as well, because I find that it enables clients to then choose what they want to do, right?

John Ray: [00:16:12] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:16:12] And when you’re with our clients, you make the relationship less adversarial. But, you know, that rule of three has been embraced for a long time by who I think is the king of price in the airline industry.

John Ray: [00:16:23] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:16:24] Right? I don’t think there’s an industry anywhere that is more sophisticated about pricing than the airline industry.

John Ray: [00:16:30] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:16:31] And what do they offer on most of their flights? Business class, first class-

John Ray: [00:16:36] Coach.

Mike Blake: [00:16:36] … economy/surf class-

John Ray: [00:16:40] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:16:40] … or steerage. And, you know, they let you choose, right? If you want to have the first class experience and the glass of champagne before the flight even leaves a gate, you pay that. And, you know, if you don’t mind taking an elbow to the back of your head every once in a while on a five-hour flight to the West Coast, you can do that, too, right? And so, you know, the funny thing is, in my experience—and I’m just going to say this sort of on the down low, because nobody’s listening except for the two of us, right?

John Ray: [00:17:11] That’s right.

Mike Blake: [00:17:12] Most often, the most profitable service I offer is the lowest priced one.

John Ray: [00:17:18] And that means you’ve got it correctly priced, right? It’s important to understand that different clients have different values and will value things differently across the spectrum. So, here’s an example outside of professional services, coffee. So, I’m a cheapskate on coffee. I mean, I may buy the dollar cup at racetrack, I’d prefer to wait until I get wherever I am and hope they’ll give me a cup of coffee for free, right?

John Ray: [00:17:46] Then, there’s my daughter at college who’s racking up $5 charges at Starbucks seemingly every half-hour on the half-hour, right? And then, the most expensive cup of coffee sold in the United States the last time I looked was $75 a cup. And it comes from some “exclusive farm in Panama, where they get one crop a year and they have a big party and a tasting at this coffee place in California that serves this coffee and they sell out”. So, I think that’s crazy. But there’s some people that look at coffee as fine wine. So-

Mike Blake: [00:18:28] Yeah.

John Ray: [00:18:28] Right? And that’s cool. That’s their value system. They may have other things that they look at and they’re cheapskates about, but we all have a panoply of values that we ascribe to a lot of different products and services. And so, as professional services providers offering our services, we have to recognize that and price accordingly.

Mike Blake: [00:18:51] So, everyone saw an article pops up, it’s probably click bait, but I’ll probably take that click bait, which is on why hourly pricing is the wrong price for professional services. Do you agree with that and why?

John Ray: [00:19:08] Absolutely. So, hourly pricing, well, it’s wrong on a number of levels. One is that it’s not really the end price. It’s not what a client pays. Clients are interested in what they’re getting in to pay. So, when you deliver an engagement letter and it says, “We’re gonna charge you, the partner time is to $250 or $300-an-hour and the associate time is $125”, or whatever, fill in the blanks, that’s not a price, that’s just half the equation.

John Ray: [00:19:44] It doesn’t tell me how many hours each of them were gonna put into that. It doesn’t tell me what happens when the project blows up and it takes longer than what we thought it was gonna take, which is almost inevitable because things never go the way they are supposed to go, right? So, it’s wrong from that point of view. It is a relic of the industrial age when industrial companies were trying to price get their professional services providers to deliver pricing that they could equate with their inputs, basically.

John Ray: [00:20:20] I mean, I could go in the whole history of it, but the point of it all is that it’s from another age and another time. And what clients are really paying for is not how much time you spend on a project, they’re paying for the grey matter between your ears and your experience and all the things that you’ve seen with other clients. That’s what they’re paying for. I mean, I had this experience with one of your colleagues where I brought a client in. And this was just an exploratory meeting on whether this client ought to sign up to be a Brady Ware client, right?

John Ray: [00:20:56] And in 15 minutes, they gave tremendous help and advice that I think pushed that engagement over in terms of getting that client to sign up. But the point is, is if that were a paying client at that time and that client had been paying by the hour, then the value-to-price ratio would be ridiculous. That client would have gotten much, much, much more value relative to the price they paid than they should have if you’re billing in 15-minute increments.

Mike Blake: [00:21:30] Yeah. And, you know, one of the fallacies then also is that you’re punished for being more efficient-

John Ray: [00:21:36] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:21:36] … which is not the way economics are supposed to work. And, you know, use the accounting example, you know, I don’t think any of our clients are paying for our time or they should not be.

John Ray: [00:21:48] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:21:49] Right? On our tax side, they’re paying for one of two things. One, I’m bulletproof against an IRS audit, right? Or two, I’m exercising my civil obligation to minimize what I pay to Uncle Sam as much as I possibly can.

John Ray: [00:22:12] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:22:12] Right?

John Ray: [00:22:13] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:22:13] When you’re a tax client, the client’s are one of those two things, right? They either are terrified of Uncle Sam, they want nothing to do with them or they want to go into combat with Uncle Sam.

John Ray: [00:22:23] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:22:24] Right? And man, if your client would like to go into combat with Uncle Sam, please call us, because, boy, we make a lot of money there.

John Ray: [00:22:31] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:22:33] And, you know, whether that takes one hour or fifteen hours, it’s the outcome you’re buying.

John Ray: [00:22:37] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:22:37] Right. Not the inputs.

John Ray: [00:22:41] Not the inputs.

Mike Blake: [00:22:41] Who cares? And also, it has to sort of go both ways, right?

John Ray: [00:22:49] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:22:51] The client’s not going to let you suddenly charge more if something that was supposed to take you 10 hours, you know, takes you 100.

John Ray: [00:22:58] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:22:58] First of all, well, that’s not my problem if you couldn’t get your act together, right?

John Ray: [00:23:01] Right. Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:23:02] So, by definition, you know, for the most part, some industries are not like this, but many industries, that hourly notion is a one-way street.

John Ray: [00:23:14] Yeah. And, you know, I think technology is such, artificial intelligence is such that I saw one study that this study said was, “In five years, 99% of all bookkeeper jobs would be eliminated.” Then, I think it was the same percentage for tax-prepared jobs. Well, I don’t know that that’s true, but directionally, it’s probably correct because of technology.

Mike Blake: [00:23:39] Absolutely.

John Ray: [00:23:40] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:23:40] I mean, we don’t have people cranking out tax returns by hand and-

John Ray: [00:23:44] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:23:44] … with slide rules and so forth.

John Ray: [00:23:47] Yeah. And so, as technology and particularly, artificial intelligence, links between institutions get more robust, I could foresee a time when tax returns are real time. You can see your tax return in real time as the year goes on, right?

Mike Blake: [00:24:02] Yeah.

John Ray: [00:24:02] And so, the value of a tax preparer, let’s say, comes from the advice they give around that return, not for the preparation of the return. And so, as you say, if you’re pricing by the hour and based solely on preparation of return, your business is headed straight down over the next few years.

Mike Blake: [00:24:25] Yeah.

John Ray: [00:24:25] Period. The pig is in the python, shall we say.

Mike Blake: [00:24:30] Yeah. So, how do you help your clients respond when they have their own customer, client or prospect that pushes back on price? You know, you’re charging me too much, I don’t want to pay that. What are some of the approaches that you advocate to engage in that conversation?

John Ray: [00:24:50] What I tell folks is that if you get that response to a proposal, typically, you’ve not had a great value conversation, because the client’s comparing that price or those prices relative to something other than the value that you’re providing. So, you’ve not done a really good job at marketing your value to that client or getting that client to understand that value. And you don’t have a good sense of where their values are.

John Ray: [00:25:23] And again, you know, it’s kind of interesting. I’ll give you an example of this. I had a client who I was having an exploratory meeting with and, you know, it was going well and he was almost downplaying what he really needed until his wife came in the room. And she was talking about how screwed up he was and how they needed to get their financial act together and their books were a mess and she was sick of it.

John Ray: [00:25:52] And it occurred to me at that point that this man’s value was getting his wife off his back. That had nothing to do with the services that I may have been providing, really, in terms of the way he looked at value. So, the point is, if I had never had an in-depth discovery session with him, I wouldn’t have understood that value and I might have priced my services a lot differently and he might have given me the “it’s too expensive” response, right?

John Ray: [00:26:27] So, you know, I think it’s really important to understand client value. And then, the other thing I tell folks is when a client says it’s too expensive, I say, you know, “Too expensive relative to what? Relative to doing nothing?” Meaning is, what’s the cost of doing nothing for this problem that you were sitting here talking about? Is it too expensive relative to you doing it yourself? See, when you ask those kind of questions back, then you get to the root of where the value really is in that client’s head.

Mike Blake: [00:27:03] So, you know, a lot of it, it sounds like is doing your homework upfront and then, if you get that push back, it means you have more homework that you have to do.

John Ray: [00:27:10] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:27:12] And, you know, that makes sense to me. And, you know, in every case, this goes back to the right client provider match, right? And in some cases, you know, it’s also about letting clients sort of select themselves out, right?

John Ray: [00:27:29] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:27:32] You know, I know you and I have a slightly different viewpoint on this, so I’m going to raise it because I think it will provoke an interesting sidebar here, you know, when a client calls me and they say, “Hey, you know, I’ve got this valuation project, you know, here are the basic parameters, what do you think it will cost?” I will tell them because I want them to then self-select, right?

John Ray: [00:27:57] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:27:57] In my view, if they have a heart attack over that price, right? Then, there’s no amount of value exploring I can do that’s likely going to bridge that gap, right? And it just saves both of our time. I know you take a different view on that. So, why don’t you explain your view, how you respond to that discussion or what?

John Ray: [00:28:19] I do take a different view on that. And here’s the issue, I’ll look at it and I say to a client, “Look, I’m not sure we’re a great fit, because what I’m sensing here is that you’re looking for a transaction because that’s your first question is what the price is. And I’m interested in relationships, I mean, you know, the way my practice is based. So, we’re probably not a good fit. Let me recommend some folks that might be better fits for you that you ought to have a conversation with.”.

John Ray: [00:28:55] And usually, what happens is, first of all, people are taken aback. Sometimes, they’re insulted. And I tell them I don’t mean to insult them. It’s just, you know, we have different ways of looking at a potential engagement. And I’m not offended when they start with that question. As a matter of fact, I’m happy because they’ve told me that they’re very price-sensitive and it’s probably a client I don’t want.

Mike Blake: [00:29:21] Yeah, absolutely.

John Ray: [00:29:21] Right? So, they’ve done me a favor. So, that’s the way I typically respond. Now, what I would say to you is if you’re going to respond to a price, I think the first price you should name is the absolute highest price you can come up with. So, I don’t know what your engagements cost, but let’s just make this up, okay? So, let’s say the biggest engagement you could ever imagine having is, you know, $150,000. What the way I would respond is, you know, “Hey, our engagements could range from $300,000 to $500,000.” Do you see what I just did?

Mike Blake: [00:30:04] Right.

John Ray: [00:30:04] Right? “On down. So, tell me what what we’re talking about and then, I can quote you a more accurate figure.” And so, then it adjust that conversation back around to where it needs to be.

Mike Blake: [00:30:19] So, let’s talk a little bit then about negotiating price. How do you do that, right? You can’t do business without some sort of negotiation. And, you know, people will haggle over. We’ll haggle over prices for, you know, where they can for things like cars and professional services. What are some tips you can offer to people that maybe aren’t all that comfortable haggling over price?

John Ray: [00:30:49] So, a couple things, I really think it’s important, this is where options come in. If you offer folks options, the good, better, best model, then it really gets into negotiating around service levels, or it should, not price. So, that’s what I highly recommend, is take your services and break them down into a good, better, best, and price around that. And then, the negotiation is about how we’re going to engage. It’s not, first of all, yes or no. And it should not be around price. The levels of negotiation should be what services we’re going to include or take out, depending on which option, either good, better, or best you’re interested in.

Mike Blake: [00:31:48] Well, actually, let me touch on one thing here, because one implicit assumption we’ve had about this entire discussion is that you, as a provider or as a producer, don’t want to compete on price.

John Ray: [00:32:05] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:32:05] But there are some businesses in which the thesis of competing on price is exactly your value proposition, right? And there’s nothing wrong with that as long as that’s sort of the strategy that you’re embarking on and you drive your business in that direction, right?

John Ray: [00:32:21] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:32:22] You know, just as you mentioned, you’ll tell a prospect that leads off with price that, you know, here, maybe providers that are a better fit because price is sort of the start of their value proposition. I have those in my world as well.

John Ray: [00:32:34] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:32:37] So, there’s nothing wrong with that, where you can run askew from that as if you don’t want price to be the lead of your value proposition. And then, you get sucked into the trap of the next thing you know, you’re negotiating on price and not on value.

John Ray: [00:32:51] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:32:53] So, I just had this happen. I posted this on my LinkedIn profile last week and actually gets a post that got me the most engaged in the whole year. So, people felt my pain. And I basically said, “I’m never going to do this again”, which means I’ll probably screw it up in a couple of months. But-

John Ray: [00:33:11] You’re going to tell the story, right?

Mike Blake: [00:33:12] And I’m going to tell the story.

John Ray: [00:33:13] Okay. Good. Good.

Mike Blake: [00:33:13] And the story is that I was asked to bid on a project where I had a relationship with the company, but not the executives, they had some turnover. But we’ve done some work with them before. So, what we were going to do was effectively an update, not a de novo valuation exercise. And they submit a competitive bid, which is fine again, because I didn’t have a relationship with the people, just the company. So, it’s weird. There is institutional relationship, but not personal relationships.

John Ray: [00:33:43] And, you know, they came back to me and they said, “Look, you know, love to work with you, but, you know, this other provider came in a little bit lower, will you match that? You know, if you’ll match that, we’ll work with you.” And I wrestled with that. I slept on it overnight. I’d tell myself, “Don’t do it, don’t do it, don’t do it.” I’m like, “Oh, but the work is going to be fairly easy to do and I hate to lose a client”, right?

John Ray: [00:34:10] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:34:10] Different from a new client because to me, losing a client is more painful than not getting when you could have.

John Ray: [00:34:16] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:34:17] I think for me, psychologically, that was part of it.

John Ray: [00:34:20] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:34:22] The word is ego. And against my better judgment, I said, “You know what, yeah, I’ll do that.” But I did one thing right, which is I made them give me back something for the price. I didn’t just match it because I think when somebody says, “Can you do better?” and you just match and don’t give up anything, you’re telegraphing to the world that you’re trying to rip them off, basically, right?

John Ray: [00:34:42] Yeah. Yeah. I couldn’t agree more.

Mike Blake: [00:34:43] Right?

John Ray: [00:34:43] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:34:45] But if I can get something back from them, right? Then, it’s a more empowered discussion. I said, you know, “As long as we can do something where I get paid more if the work gets more complicated and you’ll agree to a multi-year contract with us, then I’ll go ahead and do it.” And two days later, they came back to me by email and said, you know, “Another provider came in, they matched your price and they’re not going to charge more even if the work gets more complex.” And for a second, I was a little upset because I did what they said and they didn’t. But after I took a deep breath, I wrote them an email message, “You know what, I think you found the right match for you. All the best.”

John Ray: [00:35:29] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:35:30] And, you know, as I thought about that, it occurred to me that they did me an enormous favor.

John Ray: [00:35:37] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:35:37] Because that was not going to be the last time that happened between me and them.

John Ray: [00:35:42] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:35:43] And they were going to find some small thing, a spelling error inside of a footnote some place that to them was going to constitute a material error and find a way to break the contract anyway.

John Ray: [00:35:56] Right. Right.

Mike Blake: [00:35:57] And, you know, what they also told me is that their time was not viable. Because of the fact we’ve done work with them before, they’ve been working out to tell us about how their business worked and we had models built, they’re going to have to do that with a new provider. And it is frightening to work with a client whose time is not viable to them.

John Ray: [00:36:18] Oh, yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:36:18] Because they’re going to think my time is not viable.

John Ray: [00:36:21] Oh, exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:36:21] So, I posted it on my LinkedIn that I didn’t get burnt, I got singed because I dropped a few more hours into the proposal process than I should have. But it was actually a good ending, in that, I didn’t get the work and one of my competitors did.

John Ray: [00:36:37] And that time you put into it was tuition.

Mike Blake: [00:36:41] That’s right.

John Ray: [00:36:42] Right?

Mike Blake: [00:36:42] That’s exactly right.

John Ray: [00:36:42] That will help you next time.

Mike Blake: [00:36:44] That’s exactly right.

John Ray: [00:36:45] But what happened there is if you hadn’t had that conversation, right? If you hadn’t had that back and forth, then that client would not have revealed themselves. And it’s really important to get clients to reveal themselves to you.

Mike Blake: [00:36:59] Right.

John Ray: [00:36:59] Right? So that you understand what you’re dealing with. And if you’re okay having, you know, a business where, you know, you’re dealing with misers, because that’s what I call those folks—and by the way, just as an aside, statistically, for goods and services, studies show there’s about 25% to 30% of buyers are misers that they don’t want to pay. And so, it’s really important to understand them. So, because you had that interaction with them, because you had that back and forth, you got a real good picture on a client you really didn’t want at the end of the day. And all you really had to do was deal with, with your own psychology of saying, “Hey, it’s okay to let that one go. I’m better off.”

Mike Blake: [00:37:46] Yeah, that’s exactly right.

John Ray: [00:37:47] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:37:48] And I made it public for two reasons, number one, because I thought it was instructive. And number two, I was inviting mockery and the trolls of the internet so that I would be emotionally battered and bruised so much that I’d never, ever, ever do it again.

John Ray: [00:38:05] So, the bad memory of that would keep you from doing that ever again.

Mike Blake: [00:38:09] It was-

John Ray: [00:38:11] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:38:11] … intentional PTSD.

John Ray: [00:38:13] I love it.

Mike Blake: [00:38:13] Because I think in that case, it serves a process. So-

John Ray: [00:38:16] And you got all this love from people that have this problem, right? See, that’s what’s so revealing.

Mike Blake: [00:38:21] That’s right.

John Ray: [00:38:22] Yeah. I mean, that’s what’s so revealing to me about that story. One of the things about that story is people come back and say, “Hey, I’ve got that same problem.”

Mike Blake: [00:38:30] Yeah. That’s right. And you and I are both business advisors and, you know, one of the things, I think, a good business adviser does is understand that they make mistakes, too.

John Ray: [00:38:41] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:38:41] And that they don’t know everything.

John Ray: [00:38:43] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:38:44] Because really, who wants to be around a know-it-all all the time, right?

John Ray: [00:38:49] Right. Particularly, when you know they don’t know it all, right?

Mike Blake: [00:38:51] Yeah, that’s right. It’s one thing if you can back it up.

John Ray: [00:38:54] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:38:55] John, we’re running out of time here, but thanks so much for coming on, especially, we’re recording this Christmas Eve here. John, how can people reach out to you if they want to learn more about pricing and get some advice on pricing in the new year?

John Ray: [00:39:08] yourpriceistoolow.com. How about that?

Mike Blake: [00:39:12] I love that.

John Ray: [00:39:13] I’d just put it out there.

Mike Blake: [00:39:15] Okay.

John Ray: [00:39:15] And if you want to go the old-fashioned way, raybusinessadvisors.com will get you to the same place and/or you can call me, 404-287-2627, or I put that challenge out there about folks that feel like they’ve priced adequately from the very beginning, so if you want to email me, let me know about you, we’ll do a podcast with you, maybe.

Mike Blake: [00:39:39] Absolutely. We’ll read your story online as you gloat to the rest of the internet.

John Ray: [00:39:43] That’s right. But jray@raybusinessadvisors.com.

Mike Blake: [00:39:47] So, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank John Ray so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next executive decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcasts aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, increasing prices, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, price increase, pricing, product pricing, professional services, ray business advisors, service pricing, value, value pricing, value to client

Decision Vision Episode 44: Should I Run for Political Office? – An Interview with Rep. Dar’shun Kendrick, Georgia House of Representatives, and Councilman Colin Ake, City of Woodstock

December 19, 2019 by John Ray

should I run for political office
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 44: Should I Run for Political Office? - An Interview with Rep. Dar'shun Kendrick, Georgia House of Representatives, and Councilman Colin Ake, City of Woodstock
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

should I run for political office

Decision Vision Episode 44: Should I Run for Political Office? – An Interview with Rep. Dar’shun Kendrick, Georgia House of Representatives, and Councilman Colin Ake, City of Woodstock

More business owners than ever are running for political office. What should I consider in making this decision? How will holding political office affect my business? On this edition of “Decision Vision,” host Mike Blake speaks with business Rep. Dar’shun Kendrick, Georgia House of Representatives, and Councilman Colin Ake, City of Woodstock on these questions and much more. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Rep. Dar’shun Kendrick, Georgia House of Representatives

should I run for political office
Georgia Rep. Dar’shun Kendrick

Dar’shun Kendrick was born and raised in Decatur, Georgia. She has a dual degree in political science and communications from Oglethorpe University, a law degree from the University of Georgia and a Master in Business Administration from Kennesaw State. Both of her parents are entrepreneurs so she grew up understanding the unique challenges of business owners, particularly business owners of color.

That’s why since 2010, Dar’shun has dedicated her capital compliance law firm to making sure everyone has access to legal services and tools to raise capital for their business in a way that makes sense for every size business and every investor. Her passion and focus have specifically been on making sure that minorities and women have access to the tools and resources they need to reach their capital raising goals. To date, she has helped companies raise over half a billion ($500MM) in investment funds. In 2019, she became a Series 65 license holder (investment adviser representative) with the ability to provide strategic investment advice to her corporate clients as a part of her services.

Dar’shun is also an innovator and community activist. She was featured in the Huffington Post as 1 of 25 people positioned to Scale Atlanta’s Growing Inclusive Technology Start Up Ecosystem for Black Americans and Beyond. In 2017, she was elected to the Technology Association of Georgia’s (TAG) Corporate Development Board and in 2018 elected to the TAG Diversity Board. She is also a past contributor to Black Enterprise Magazine focusing on economic justice issues. In 2017, she founded Georgia’s 1st ever Georgia Blacks in Tech Policy Conference & Follow Up “Day of Action” with the focus on advocating for inclusive tech policy throughout the state. This event continues on today as the “Tech for All” Policy Conference.

Dar’shun’s service extends beyond her capital compliance firm. Since the age of 27, she has also served as a member of the Georgia House of Representatives. She represents over 54,000 Georgians in DeKalb and Gwinnett counties. She also founded Georgia’s first Technology, Innovation & Entrepreneurship Caucus which is a bipartisan caucus of Georgia legislators and stakeholders committed to the mission of supporting entrepreneurs within the state. She currently serves as the Chief Deputy Whip of the House Democratic Caucus and a ranking member of the Small Business & Jobs Creation committee.

Awards (last 3 awards awarded)- She was awarded the Urban League of Greater Atlanta Young Leader Award (2019) and named as an awardee for the Atlanta Business Chronicle’s “40 under 40” awards (2019) and nominated for 2 NAACP awards for criminal justice reform and her business (2017 and 2019).

Dar’shun is a community activist, public speaker & teacher, elected official, private securities attorney, and a proud member of Alpha Kappa Alpha Sorority, Inc. She currently resides in Lithonia, Georgia.

Councilman Colin Ake, City of Woodstock

should I run for political office
Councilman Colin Ake, City of Woodstock

Colin Ake was elected to Woodstock City Council in 2017. Prior to announcing his run for City Council, Colin served as the Mayor’s appointee on the Woodstock Planning and Zoning Commission for a year and a half. While on the Planning Commission, he was elected Vice-Chair by his peers. Colin served as the Chair of the Greenprints Alliance Board of Directors in 2016 and 2017, and as the Vice-Chair in 2015. He was invited to represent Greenprints Alliance on the Woodstock Police Department’s Body-Worn-Camera Working Group. Colin has provided significant input to the Cherokee Office of Economic Development and Woodstock Office of Economic Development on Fresh Start Cherokee and The Circuit as they work to incorporate startups into their economic development plans.

Professionally, Colin is employed by Georgia Tech’s VentureLab, where he works with commercialization projects. He teaches entrepreneurship to commercialization teams through the NSF I-Corps Program, where he is a Regional Lead Instructor. He leads programs across the southeast and assists in the administration of the I-Corps South grant at Georgia Tech. Colin has taught at Georgia Tech’s Scheller College of Business and is a member of the Georgia Tech Faculty Senate. He also represented Georgia Tech on the State Senate’s Camden County Spaceport Study Committee, where he studied the opportunities and challenges facing the potential spaceport on the Georgia coast.

Prior to joining Georgia Tech, Colin spent four years rebuilding an aerospace company focused on reusable launch operations and lunar/planetary lander technology development. He previously worked at the Georgia Tech Research Institute and at an early-stage technology startup for two years. Colin holds a Bachelor of Science in Management and a MBA from Georgia Tech.

Colin grew up a mile from Woodstock and moved back to the city with his wife Nikki to start their family. Colin, Nikki, and children (Owen & Lealynn) are members at Sojourn Community Church in Woodstock, where Nikki is an active member of the finance committee, and Colin plays drums and works on long-term planning projects.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

should my business buy real estate?“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:09] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:28] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners or executives perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand where you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:48] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we’re recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe in your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:11] So, today, we’re going to talk about whether you as a business owner executive should run for political office. And regardless, I think, of where you are in the political spectrum, if you are at any place, I’m not sure where I am anymore, I think that’s an increasingly important topic. I think we’re seeing more people with a business background seeking office at all levels. And indeed, like them or love them, love them or not like them, the current President of the United States does come from a business background. And indeed, he ran on his business background as a reason why that is the case he made that he would be a good president of the United States. And that’s something that he invokes fairly regularly.

Mike Blake: [00:02:02] And it’s not just he that’s doing that. Mike Bloomberg has recently jumped into the race. There’s discussion now about, you know, whether billionaires can buy their way to the presidency. And again, we’re not going to talk about that particular topic, but I think there’s an increasingly blurred line now between politics and business. And maybe there’s always been a blurred line and depending, again, where you sit, maybe it’s an uncomfortably blurred line. But the fact of the matter is, I think, that the people who did not think that they had the stuff or the wherewithal, even the desire to run for political office and just sort of put themselves in the seat of being a business person, now, are thinking of themselves potentially in a dual role or maybe it’s even something they do with either a subsequent or intervening chapter in their lives.

Mike Blake: [00:02:56] And, you know, the recent statistics on this podcast still are flooring to me. We’re pushing about three-and-a-half million downloads, I understand, since February. Chances are good at least one of you has thought about running for political office. So, at least, this could be interesting to one of you out there. But I think it will be interesting to more on that. And we actually have a director at Brady Ware & Company that was elected mayor for one of the towns, I believe, outlying Dayton. He took over as mayor when the previous mayor resigned. And then, ran and was elected in his own right. So, we’re even seeing that inside our own company.

Mike Blake: [00:03:35] So, as you know, when you listen to this podcast, we’re bringing in people who actually know what they’re talking about, because I certainly don’t. And coming in to talk about this topic today are two people who are balancing public service and their own careers. And so, joining us today is Dar’shun Kendrick, a five-term member of the 93rd and/or 94th Districts of Georgia in the Georgia House of Representatives as the chief deputy whip. And I say the 93rd/94th, because I think it was a 94th District for her first term. And then, thanks to redistricting, I think it then became the 93rd. But for those who aren’t in Georgia, our assembly is made up of 180 members, a fairly large body, partially because we just have, I think, more counties than anybody in the country.

Mike Blake: [00:04:25] We’re not serving her constituents in this capacity. Dar’shun is a capitol compliance lawyer dedicated to guiding Black and female founders in the capitol, raising investing process. She provides these services through her company, the Kendrick Advisory, an advocacy group. She’s an arbitrator of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or FINRA. I did not know that before I was researching this podcast and she holds a bachelor of arts from Oglethorpe University, I live about a-mile-and-a-half from there, holds an MBA from Kennesaw State University and a law degree from the University of Georgia.

Mike Blake: [00:04:56] And she’s joining us by phone today. So, you may hear some noise in the background. With those of you who are not from Georgia, we have a unique driving environment here. And one of the unique features of the driving environment is that rain, particularly cold rain, will turn the streets of the greater Atlanta metropolitan area into an episode of Ice Road Truckers, basically. So, Dar’shun, please drive carefully as you’re on the podcast. Thanks for joining us.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:05:25] Yeah. Thanks so much. And I’m sorry I couldn’t be in the office or in the studio today. But as you know, we are getting ready for session. So, we’re trying to make do with the 24 hours we get.

Mike Blake: [00:05:37] Yeah. Well, if you guys can vote a 26-hour day, I’d really appreciate that.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:05:42] Yeah. So would I. I’ll work on that.

Mike Blake: [00:05:45] Also, joining us today is Colin Ake. Colin was elected city councilman in 2018 for the City of Woodstock, Georgia, a municipality of southern Cherokee County, the population of just over 30,000. And Woodstock is, oh, I’m going to say about 20 miles north and west of downtown city of Atlanta, maybe a little bit farther than that. Prior to serving in that role, Colin was a—or give me some help here, was it a or the planning and zoning commissioner for the City of Woodstock.

Colin Ake: [00:06:13] I was one of seven.

Mike Blake: [00:06:15] Okay. One of seven. So, a planning and zoning commissioner. When not serving his constituents, Colin is a principal at Georgia Tech VentureLab, where he serves as an instructor on innovation and entrepreneurship. Colin actively works with entrepreneurs and researchers to commercialize research, identify, and secure grant funding, mentor startups, and modify and implement Georgia Tech’s evidence-based entrepreneurship curricula. This includes training and evaluating other instructors in the customer development methodology employed by the I-Corp program and across Georgia Tech.

Colin Ake: [00:06:44] At some point, I’d have you back to talk about because that’s an interesting program. It’s one that I think is unique. Colin holds his bachelor degree in management and his MBA from Georgia Tech. So, regardless of any kind of political discussion here, we have somebody from the University of Georgia and somebody from Georgia Tech, and that’s probably going to create more tension on this program than anything. And if you are from Alabama or Auburn or Florida, Florida State, you know exactly what I’m talking about. Colin, welcome to the program.

Colin Ake: [00:07:10] Thanks, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Blake: [00:07:12] And interestingly, you’re wearing a shirt today that’s yellow with black stitching on that. Is that something that you arranged or?

Colin Ake: [00:07:20] Not specifically because of where Dar’shun went to get her law degree, but I did pick it out.

Mike Blake: [00:07:29] All right. So, let’s jump into it, because we got a ton to cover here. So, Dar’shun, let me let you go first. Ten years ago, you began to serve in your capacity in the Georgia legislature. What motivated you to do that?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:07:49] Well, here, I have a very unique and interesting story. So, I essentially was at the right place at the right time or the right place at the wrong time, depending on which day of the week it is. I was a 27-year old who had just started practicing law for small business litigation firm downtown. And the law firm imploded one summer. And so, they let everybody go. And so, I had started my MBA program. And I had to start my own law firm.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:08:28] So, I actually happened to be down as the capitol because two hours before I got down there to meet with our rep on some sort of marketing for my new firm, the person in my seat decided to run for governor. And so, they were looking for people. And I just so happened to be at the capitol meeting on an unrelated matter. I didn’t even know they would qualify me. And so, the person I was meeting with, I had known since I was a teenager because I worked at the capitol and they asked me what district I was in.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:09:04] And I said, House District 94, which is 94 at the time. And he said, “Well, we need you to run for office.” And of course, I thought he was crazy because I was starting the MBA program and a new law firm. But the long story short is I ended up qualifying 30 minutes before the qualifying ended. So, I actually went from a private citizen to a full-blown candidate unexpectedly overnight. So, I wish I had a better inspirational story about how I worked hard enough and I planned to be in this position, but that is the true story of how it happened.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:09:43] But I ultimately decided to say yes because I knew I eventually wanted to work on state house. I just thought it would be kind of be, you know, sort of when I had a more stable career, when I was older, maybe with a family. But I decided to say yes, because, you know, I grew up in DeKalb County and I represent Dekalb County. I knew that I was more qualified than the people that were running. I already had tremendous support before I even signed the qualification document, so I knew that I could do it. And even though it came unexpectedly and it came fast, I have had a pleasure of serving 54,000 Georgians ever since.

Mike Blake: [00:10:29] Okay. And I have a feeling there are probably other stories that are kind of like that. But Colin, how about you? What’s your story? Did you also sort of fall into public service that way or is that the more of a longer term ambition of yours?

Colin Ake: [00:10:44] No, I kind of fell into it. I grew up in Woodstock. And Woodstock has changed a lot. It has grown massively in the last couple of decades and really become a place that is much different than where I grew up. My wife and I moved back to Woodstock in 2013. And I got involved in a local nonprofit focused on building a trail system just because I want to be able to raise a family somewhere over there. It was a good outdoor recreation opportunity. And from there, I got asked one day to serve on the Planning and Zoning Commission, which was not on my radar, not something I’d been to, not something I was involved in.

Mike Blake: [00:11:26] Did you know anything about planning and zoning?

Colin Ake: [00:11:27] I did not know anything about planning and zoning. But I love learning new things. And so, I dove in and had a lot of fun over the course of about a-year-and-a-half. Planning and zoning in the State of Georgia, most bodies are recommending bodies. In other words, they’re appointed by mayor and city council, but they recommend decisions. And then, the mayor and city council make the final decision. And after about a-year-and-a-half of seeing recommendations go one way or the other and the city council listened to some of them and not listened to others, I decided, well, it might be time to make this vote count if I’m spending the time on it.

Mike Blake: [00:12:05] Like the Christmas song goes, if you’re so smart, you rig up the lights, right?

Colin Ake: [00:12:09] Something like that.

Mike Blake: [00:12:10] So, let’s go into that then. Your first election, talk about running in your first election was like.  You, yeah.

Colin Ake: [00:12:21] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:12:22] Colin.

Colin Ake: [00:12:22] So, my first election was an experience. So, I ran against an incumbent that was first elected and hadn’t been in office continuously, but was first elected in the year 1990.

Mike Blake: [00:12:35] Wow.

Colin Ake: [00:12:36] So, 2017, I’m running against a guy who has been in office in and out a couple of times, but for for a while. Nice guy. But I wanted a shot. So, I qualified and started running. Somebody else also qualified. So, I had a three-way race and that was quite the experience. It’s a lot of door-knock and it’s a lot of talking to people. It’s a lot of time. It is a great experience. You know, I teach this entrepreneurship stuff at Georgia Tech, right? We teach researchers to go talk to customers and actually understand the people. I mean, knocking on doors is all that, right?

Mike Blake: [00:13:12] Yeah.

Colin Ake: [00:13:12] It is essentially sitting there and that-

Mike Blake: [00:13:13] I hadn’t thought about that. That’s right.

Colin Ake: [00:13:15] … you are learning about your constituents or potential constituents at this point. And what do they care about? Why do they care about those things? And it’s a lot of fun, but it’s a lot of work. You wear through some shoes and it was a good time. I was fortunate enough to avoid a runoff. I won outright. I was a little surprised. You know, I know a lot of people do these victory parties, I didn’t do any of that. I was ready to find out who I was going to be against in the runoff. And I had about four people at my house. And it turned out okay.

Mike Blake: [00:13:51] Well, knowing you, that sounds about right though. You’re kind of a low-key guy, so I don’t see you as a victory lap guy. Dar’shun, how about you? I mean, I know you, sort of, were an overnight qualification story, but what was that first election like? Were you opposed?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:14:09] I was. So, I had four other people was—and my district is largely democratic. So, obviously—general. But I did have four other people in the primary. It is somebody who is very active in the Democratic Party. Somebody who had ran for this three times before. And there’s somebody who was very, very active that have supporters in Rockdale. But I’m just—so, I was the youngest. And so, every time the media printed something, they just ask it without at least letting you know for whatever reason.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:14:53] But I, you know, knocked on doors. I have been involved in politics since I was 18. So, we have to like run a campaign. And so, I had a number of primary voters who were at least three times. And that’s when the primary—fly. It wasn’t in vain like it is now. So, it was a long, hot summer, a very long, hot summer. And I, you know, didn’t quite know how I was able to—start a law firm while knocking on doors. That still felt quite interesting in how I did it—business.

Mike Blake: [00:15:38] Well, let’s, in fact, talk about that, because, you know, one of the things that draws me to this conversation is, you know, where does running for office intersect with business, right? And both of you, in your case, you have a business and Colin has, you know, a career and neither of your post, they’re not designed to have you be a career politician in that respect. But I’m curious, as you are knocking on doors, do you think that that actually helped you kind of understand your market better, Dar’shun?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:16:20] You know, I think it helped me not only to understand my market better, but just to broaden my understanding of just opinions and the issues facing Georgia in general. When I first ran for office, I was—at Rockdale County. And Rockdale County is that county who have very, very active supporters of commerce. And so, you know, on the campaign, so obviously, I was engaged with those two views. But it helped me that I did have a business background to sort of, I think, connect with people on the campaign trail at these retail or business centers.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:17:06] And I am accused more than I would like about being one of the more full-business Democrats. But I think it served me well, because I am able to understand sort of the base of my calling, which is labor and balancing with the people that I represent, which are obviously founders of this. So, I definitely learned a lot about that market, but around Georgia issues as well. It was a really great opportunity to just meet people and hear different views. I really enjoyed the campaign. I know it’s hard, but I learned a lot of their stories.

Mike Blake: [00:17:47] So, Colin, my next questions for you is, you know, as you are preparing to run, have you had professional mentors or advisors in your life that maybe, you know, have helped you along the way to get to where you’ve been professionally? Did you also rely on them as you contemplated this political step? And if so, were they helpful? If not, then where did you kind of find that expertise?

Colin Ake: [00:18:11] Yeah, it’s a great question. So, you know, I tend to be the student of, you know, whatever world I’m going into. I worked with a bunch of different entrepreneurs from a bunch of different backgrounds and bunch different industries, right? And so, that’s taught me to take advice from the people who have experienced something before and go find people that can share something with me that, you know, is based off that experience. I certainly had conversations with business mentors or people that I worked with previously. I’m about running for office. I got encouragement to do so.

Colin Ake: [00:18:45] But of course, you know, if you’ve not run a campaign, you generally go well. But I’ve never run a campaign and that’s kind of, you know, where that stops. I had some help from some friends that had experienced parsing data and find someone that they can parse data well. And go grab some voter data and, you know, data’s data. You got to know what you’re looking for, but once you know what you’re looking for, it’s fairly easy to pull together a strategy.

Mike Blake: [00:19:13] Indeed, I’ve heard that superior command of data was a big factor in enabling the president to win in 2016, right? It wasn’t whether he’s a better candidate or not, but this was a lot of analysis. And I think there’s some truth to this that he and his team just paid more attention and just did better with parsing data.

Colin Ake: [00:19:36] My experience has been that the data certainly gives you an edge. And it helps inform whatever strategy you’re developing as a team. Dramatically different to run for president than it is to run for city council for the City of Woodstock.

Mike Blake: [00:19:49] Sure.

Colin Ake: [00:19:51] For the small business owners that are out there that are thinking about getting involved in local government, at either the local or the county or the state level, it’s really easy to not even be—you know, you don’t have to be a presidential level data parser to make a difference in a small race.

Mike Blake: [00:20:12] Yeah. And in fact, interestingly enough, there is one of these rare cases where a meaningful office was won by one vote, a Boston city council office, after their fourth recount was just decided by one vote with over 70,000 thousand votes involved. So-

Colin Ake: [00:20:30] That’s fairly narrow.

Mike Blake: [00:20:31] There’s probably going to be a lawsuit, too. One vote, you know, you got to believe that’s gonna be challenged, I would think. But still-

Colin Ake: [00:20:39] Hanging chad somewhere.

Mike Blake: [00:20:40] Yes. So, it does happen. So, Dar’shun, how about you? I suspect, but you tell me. I don’t want to put words in your mouth. What about your mentors and advisors? Have they been the same for you along the way in business as in politics or have you found that they’ve been different?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:21:01] So, my sort of mentors in business have always been my parents. So, I grew up in an entrepreneurial household. So, I love business owners, but typically, minority female founders and Black-owned founders share sort of the challenges that they went through. So, my parents have kind of taught me a lot about business. And, you know, I have people that I sort of look up to. I wouldn’t say that I have a formal mentorship with anyone. And that’s probably because, believe it or not, I’m—about it. So, you know, I just had not gotten opportunity to ask somebody to do that mentorship. But I am because one of the things that I added to my success and firm is I just recently got a series of job life investment-

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:22:05] So, I am intentional about how people have been successful in the state for a very, very long time with that aspect of it. But political-wise, you know, as a politician, I value amongst anything else—good and anything like that is people who are persistent in their belief and that is true. So, one of the reasons that one of my best friends is a partner is because we are very, very truthful with one another. And because above all else, we are very persistent in our belief. So, for me, you know, I will look up to or admire anybody in the political world that is consistent in their belief and persistent about it.

Mike Blake: [00:22:59] So, you’ve been in public service now for a decade. Really remarkable. And which means you’ve won five elections. Again, remarkable. How have you found that’s impacted your legal practice and your consulting practice?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:23:20] So, obviously, in the beginning, since I was an overnight candidate, from a law firm perspective, I wasn’t prepared to be a full-blown candidate. So, I think that was the hardest time because I didn’t have the preparation. I literally went from a private citizen to a full-blown candidate overnight. So, those early years are very, very rare. I’ve done a very good job, indeed, of managing it.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:23:54] And so, one of the things that I do, particularly during this upcoming legislative session, is I’m very, very good about saying no. Obviously, I have about 31,000 followers on this and everybody, you know, wants to pick my brain or hear a story or just advice about this. And I just say, “Hey, listen, I’m very good about saying no.” But the other thing is I try to focus on policies that I have an expertise into it, which is capital label, security work, investment, strategies, and things like that.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:24:32] So, it makes the work a little, not only more fun or more engaging, but a little easier to just pass the learning curve as you’re not spending as much time on it, you’re just focused on things that you really couldn’t deal with. So, over the years, I’ve been able to really find that balance. And I think that it served not only me will, but the State of Georgia will to have somebody focusing on policies that is also a part of their day job.

Mike Blake: [00:25:06] And Colin, how about you? You haven’t been in service quite as long, but it looks certainly long enough to have an impact. How have you found that’s impacted your career?

Colin Ake: [00:25:13] Yeah. It’s got a time impact for sure. You know, juggling multiple responsibilities is a challenge. You have to be very good about saying no.

Mike Blake: [00:25:25] And you’re moonlighting. Both of you are basically moonlighting when it comes down to it.

Colin Ake: [00:25:28] And, you know, there’s beauty and there’s challenge in citizen legislature and in citizen governance, but there’s balance that comes from having those multiple perspectives and experience. You have to find things that are important to you and prioritize them. You have to say no to a lot of things. People ask me what my hobbies are. My hobby is serving the citizens. You know, there are no other hobbies.

Colin Ake: [00:25:53] I’ve got a family, I’ve got a real job, and I’ve got an elected office. And that’s the majority of my time. So, you know, it changes things because it gives you different perspectives on life. You know, we don’t manage a budget anywhere near the size that Dar’shun deals with. This is, you know, at the city level, it’s a much smaller world. You know, our form of government, we have a city manager that’s full-time, essentially the CEO.

Colin Ake: [00:26:25] And we act as, you know, kind of a part-time board. But there are infinite subjects at any point time you can go learn a lot about, right? There are people who have built their careers off of public safety response, out of public works, out of community development. And to be a student of each of those games, enough where you’re informed, but not enough where you’re unable to focus on other things as, you know, you just have to juggle it.

Mike Blake: [00:26:50] So, the question I want to ask both of you, I’ll give Colin first crack at this, is there’s what I would call a romantic notion out there. And I used to have this. I’ve moved away from this view myself. But there’s a romantic notion that if you could just run government the way you’d run a private business, everything would just be hunky dory. And I’m not sure that our attempts to do that have worked out well, but I’m willing to be educated otherwise. Colin, in your experience, is that a realistic expectation? Is it partially realistic? Where do you kind of come down on that?

Colin Ake: [00:27:30] I’m going to say and I am making up an answer on the spot here. I think it depends on the level of government. Local government, small municipality is dramatically different from large municipality, it’s dramatically different from county government, and dramatically different from state government, which none of that, you know, is nearly as complex as the federal government. When you’re in a small municipality or, you know, we’re just over 30,000 people, it’s growing fast, there are elements that certainly translate.

Colin Ake: [00:28:05] You have HR challenges, you have budget challenges. So, there’s elements that translate. I don’t think it’s necessarily the same, right? Because you’re dealing with a lot of things like social contracts between neighbors and zoning issues that are really personal for people and really come down to, you know, interpretation of and belief in basic rights and principles. And so, there’s elements that translate, there’s elements that don’t translate even at the local level. But I don’t know if at the local level there’s more of it or less of it. What’s your your thought, Dar’shun?

Mike Blake: [00:28:43] Dar’shun, where do you come down on this?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:28:46] Yeah. So, it’s interesting. I just had finished going to a retreat with the technology advancements in Georgia. And my colleague, Joe, does a lot of technology work. He said, when he first got elected, which was last year, he said, “I have the misconception that government is—like a business. And boy, did I get a big surprise?” And I think if that is right and that—the problem with running government like a business is that their end goal is different, right?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:29:20] So, for businesses, this is representing corporations like I do, their first responsibility is a job upholder, which is to make profits, right? That is the end goal. There is the fiduciary duty that’s involved there. With government, obviously, it’s very, very different. The end goal is uphold constitution, improving for the public safety and welfare of their citizens. So, I think, the common point, you are going to have some-

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:29:53] You know, sometimes, when it works well, like under Georgia, we have a 26-billion dollar budget and we are not allowed to print money or borrow money like the federal government is. So, every year, we have to balance our budget like I effectively—but at the same time, you know, we were making those various techs and things that the priorities are going to be very, very different. Because it is a government entity, I suppose they have really different budgeting.

Mike Blake: [00:30:23] You know, that’s an interesting point. I want to kind of underscore something that in terms of that capacity to borrow. And in fact, most private businesses can borrow at some point, right? Even if you’re a sole practitioner, you could put a $20000 Mac Pro on your credit card if you wanted to. I’m not sure what you’d do with it, but you could certainly do that. Whereas, you know, as you said, if you’re not in the federal government, generally speaking, there is no borrowing capacity. You balance the budget, end of discussion or you just run out of money.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:31:03] Yeah. And, you know, that’s one of the things that obviously, the—this upcoming legislative session. And those conversation is just going to be different than if I was having a conversation with a board that I represented in the business.

Mike Blake: [00:31:22] So, has there been at some point, Dar’shun, where you’re concerned about there being a negative impact in your business? I mean, you know, we’re taught that we should be not discussing politics and business and generally speaking from the except of some very close business associates, I don’t entertain that discussion. You can’t avoid that because you’re out there and you got bumper stickers and you got signs on people’s house corners and so forth. You know, have there been points in which, you know, maybe that’s negatively impacted your business? Because there are people who look at you as a Democrat and say, “You know what, I’m just not going to do business with a Democrat, end of discussion.”

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:32:06] Yeah. That’s very possible. You know, I don’t have any empirical data that somebody has done that. But two things to your point. So, the first thing is I am an oddball and that I am not one of those people that think that we shouldn’t discuss policy. I think that’s the reason. Otherwise, because you don’t have those horrible sessions, that dinner on the table, so I am free and open—probably to my social media rather than dinner table.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:32:39] So, I am probably an anomaly and that I think it will never be obviously the factors of—it had taught me to be more tolerant of other people’s opinions. And so, I just think holding it up doesn’t serve anybody. So, I’m definite in my belief in that respect. But the second thing is, as I mentioned before, I tend to be one that criticized on both sides. But particularly, for Democrats, because I do understand and relate to business owners and founders, what they might do for the underlying labor movement.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:33:16] And that’s not to say that, you know, I’m against labor or anything like that. It’s just that I bring a different perspective. And so, I think knowing that and because of the things that I do as far as policy and collaborations and things like that, people might know that I’m a Democrat. But when it comes to business, particularly when it comes to technology, really, the people are more willing to—to me because of my support of businesses on the side.

Mike Blake: [00:33:55] So, let me switch gears here, because I think there’s an important question. And somebody out there is thinking about this question, I guarantee it. And that question is this. Colin, let me put it to you first. Somebody is thinking, “Wow. If I could just run for office, that would really help raise my profile.” What a great resume build or what a great thing to put on LinkedIn. And maybe it even gives you some other opportunities as well. And we’ll talk about conflicts of interest in a minute. But just generally speaking, you know, in your mind, is it worth running for office to help your career?

Colin Ake: [00:34:37] To me, no. There’s different opinions on this, obviously.

Mike Blake: [00:34:41] Right.

Colin Ake: [00:34:41] I think it’s worth running for office if you want to invest yourself in something and you want to learn a different perspective. Sure. I am sure there are examples of people who’ve gone into politics and their career has blossomed as a result. But at the local level, right? To me, I want counterparts on council, I want counterparts on the county commission that are dedicated to making the place that we live a better place, right?

Colin Ake: [00:35:12] And they come with a desire to invest their time and their resources and their energy in making those decisions that are never easy. And that’s a much better motivator to me than someone who’s there for them. It’s about a group. It’s about, you know, building consensus amongst people that don’t necessarily always see eye-to-eye and understanding nuances of issues and finding ways to come to agreements. Like that’s what it’s about. It’s not about, you know, personal gain.

Mike Blake: [00:35:50] Dar’shun, how about you? If somebody is thinking about running for office because they think it would help them personally or from a business perspective, is it worthwhile to have that thought process?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:36:08] I think that is probably the biggest myth besides—that I have heard with respect to public office. Well, because you want to prove and just have the heart to prove it. That I will tell you personally, one of the biggest, most helpful things that people just adviced that I got before I entered the legislature or that before I entered the legislature, it came from my predecessor, who was a lawyer, a legislator.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:36:40] And for those that don’t know, lawyer legislators are a dying breed. When I first got into office, we were about almost 25% of the general assembly and now, we’re down to about 17%. So, you might think that’s not bad, but it is what it is. So, that is—in the general assembly. But historically, we had less than that number. So, this lawyer legislator said it and put it ever so distinctly and it has been every bit of truth, is that it’s not a matter of if we will lose revenue and income in this position, it’s a matter of how much.

Mike Blake: [00:37:26] Okay.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:37:27] And every time a lawyer legislator is thinking about running for office, even if they have zero motives, I always give them the same advice. Your revenue and you income will go down. It’s not a matter of if it is going to go down, the question is how much. And a lot of that had to do with the fact that, you know, we especially engage in policy making for the first few months of the year, right? But then, there’s also, you know, possible conflict of interest, particularly if you work with bigger firms that might come about.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:38:04] People think we just work for four months out of the year. But I can tell you that I work no less than about three hours outside of session a week on legislature side. So, you know, you can be one of those legislators that just shows up and doesn’t advice anything and never say anything and just for like a check. I mean, that is, you know, “Why don’t you show up and vote for the budget?” Constitutionally, you’ve done what it is that you’re required to do on this constitution.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:38:32] But most people, you know, don’t want to do that and they wanted to be re-elected, so it does become a full-time desk job during the session and then, the other part is the time we’re out, it’s more of a part-time job. So, I would caution anybody who thinks that this is better, it’s going to raise your brand, for sure, but if you think that is going to translate to dollars, I would just be cautious about this and that it’s going to have a correlation.

Mike Blake: [00:39:00] So, Dar’shun, you brought something up that I want to jump on, because I think it makes sense to talk about here. And it’s another critical question we got to cover, which is I have to imagine there are many opportunities, particularly in your position, for conflict of interest to arise. How do you manage that?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:39:22] So, it actually is not as much of a conflict as you would think. So, because there are citizen legislators, right? Everybody knows we have a full-time job and we have to work. So, if I work for a bigger firm and I had a client of the firm that was advocated for a deal, that would be, of course, sort of conflict of interest right there. But because I’m a solo and because I am an attorney, you know, constitutionally, nobody can prevent me from practicing law, because just by law—right.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:40:06] So, you know, I consult on reviews that we have and things like that because that’s literally my job as a lawyer. But there are sometimes that the legislature will specifically set the legislation that we can’t engage in particular firms, particularly AJC—which was cannabis bill that we passed for the—growing the cannabis. I have never in my mind used to being down there seeing legislation that specifically sits in what I call a poison pill.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:40:47] And that it specifically prohibits legislators, former and current legislators, from investing in the cannabis business past 5% of an investment. And that was put in there for a long, drawn out reason that I know about. But anyway, it does prohibit. So, for example, I started an investment group that is going to participate in investing in the supply chain for cannabis. Well, I started the group, but I only serve as general counsel.

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:41:23] I’m not investing into it. I’m not putting any money into it. I’m not, you know, having input on the pitch process, in the investment process. Just because there is that specific proposition in there and I don’t want to be on the front page of AJC. So, there are times when the conflict is written into either the law or they probably prohibit us from engaging in it. But because, you know, it’s literally my profession, I’m generally allowed to sort of practice law and give advice, even though I might vote on this bill.

Mike Blake: [00:42:05] So, Colin, I’ll ask you a different question as we head to the end here. You know, how does sort of having a job and doing what you do alongside being a city councilman inform how you vote and how you propose and pursue policy?

Colin Ake: [00:42:29] It’s a good question. So, how does having a job help inform policy? So, I’m an entrepreneur turned academic, right? My day job is down at Georgia Tech. As such, I get access to a ton of people who are really smart in any given field. You know, we’re very fortunate to have a school of city and regional planning that is really good at pumping out good planners. There’s people down there that I can learn from on a technical topic. There’s a balance there, right? There’s obviously people with deep expertise that we can learn from and turn that into knowledge that informs policy.

Colin Ake: [00:43:18] There’s also a balance of, you know, when I’m at Georgia Tech, my Georgia Tech hat is on. And when I go off the clock there and go to City of Woodstock, my City of Woodstock hat has to be on. So, it’s a great question. For local policy, it’s different, I think, because local policy is often about things like sign code or zoning regulations or, you know, it gets into the minutiae really fast. And it’s not necessarily, you know, directly the same thing that I do with it at Georgia Tech. So, you know, I’ve got all sorts of ideas on an entrepreneurship policy or policy that could impact that world, the professional world that I deal with, but it’s not the same scale of policy that we deal with at the city level.

Mike Blake: [00:44:08] So, if I’m understanding correctly, in reality, you’re kind of in two parallel worlds that don’t necessarily meet a whole lot.

Colin Ake: [00:44:15] They don’t meet a whole lot.

Mike Blake: [00:44:18] Okay. We are running out of time here. And I want to thank you both so much for joining us. We could talk a lot longer about this, but we have to let you get back to serving your constituents. Dar’shun, how can people contact you if they may have an interest in running for office and want to learn more about it and why to do it and maybe why not to do it?

Dar’Shun Kendrick: [00:44:41] Yeah, sure. Anybody can follow me on social media. Beware, though, I am very vocal. So, just like yourself. But it’s just Dar’shun and Kendrick, D-A-R-S-H-U-N, Kendrick, K-E-N-D-R-I-C-K on Instagram and LinkedIn and Facebook and Twitter. So, people can, you know, invite me on there. I’m a millennial and I will give out my cellphone number, but that might be a little dangerous. So, if you can contact me on social media or either email me, just dkendrick@kendrickfor, F-O-R, georgia, Georgia—.com, then I will try my best to get back with you if we can if I’m not very, very busy. And short messages and questions.

Mike Blake: [00:45:33] Very good. And Colin, how about you?.

Colin Ake: [00:45:37] Email me at cake@woodstockga.gov, C-A-K-E, @woodstockga.gov. More than happy to lend some thoughts. My encouragement would be find a way to get involved in your local community and invest your time and energy somewhere near you. It doesn’t have to be an elected office, but we need people that are engaged, that are giving back, and that are trying to make the world a better place.

Mike Blake: [00:46:05] Okay, that’s gonna wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Dar’shun Kendrick and Colin Ake so much for joining us and sharing their expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next executive decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake, our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, customer discovery, Dar'Shun Kendrick, data analytics, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, Georgia Tech, Mentors, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, political campaigns, political consulting, politics, running for political office

Decision Vision Episode 43: Should My Business Buy Real Estate? – An Interview with James Pitts, FRED – Fractional Real Estate Department

December 12, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 43: Should My Business Buy Real Estate? – An Interview with James Pitts, FRED - Fractional Real Estate Department
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

should my business buy real estate?
Mike Blake and James Pitts

Decision Vision Episode 43: Should My Business Buy Real Estate? – An Interview with James Pitts, FRED – Fractional Real Estate Department

Should I lease my real estate or buy? What are the factors to consider if I do buy? Answers to these questions and much more come from James Pitts, FRED – Fractional Real Estate Department, on this edition of “Decision Vision.” Mike Blake is the host of “Decision Vision,” presented by Brady Ware & Company.

James Pitts, FRED – Fractional Real Estate Department

James Pitts

James Pitts is the CEO of FRED – Fractional Real Estate Department. James is a 20 year corporate real estate professional with experience at Jones Lang Lasalle, Grubb & Ellis, Johnson Controls (JCI) Global Workplace Solutions, and Sheraton Hotels. Most notably, James worked as Solutions Development Director at JCI Global Workplace Solutions where he was responsible for the design of global and regional corporate real estate outsourcing solutions for companies such as Motorola, Barclays, HP, SunTrust Banks, HSBC with annual spends of $50M-$500M.

FRED – Fractional Real Estate Department is a corporate real estate services firm designed to serve middle market companies that don’t have a real estate department but need one. For most businesses, real estate is the second or third highest cost after people, and a lease or purchase of real estate can be one of the longest commitments a company makes. These strategic decisions have cost and business risk implications but are typically left to managers with non-real estate backgrounds and outside real estate brokers to handle. The FRED team is made up of former heads or managers of corporate real estate for Coca Cola, E&Y, Wells Fargo & AT&T with 30+ years of experience each. FRED doesn’t do real estate transactions; they provide analysis, strategy, and manage the client’s process and brokers on behalf of the business. They are paid on a project, cost savings or retainer basis and promise to provide trustworthy real estate expertise.

For more information, go to their website or email James directly.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

should my business buy real estate?“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:19] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, a clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic, rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different. We talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision. My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program.

Michael Blake: [00:00:40] I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio, Richmond, Indiana, and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe in your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:02] Today, we’re going to talk about, should your business buy its real estate. And I’m prompted to this question because it comes up a lot. And interestingly enough, I’m actually seeing it come up more now with technology companies under the thesis that a technology company, by acquiring hard assets in some way, makes itself less risky in front of an investor and potentially, even a bank financing candidate.

Michael Blake: [00:01:35] Now, I’m not a real estate expert at all. In fact, I’m a disaster at Monopoly. Both my kids wiped me out. I think that’s because I’m a technology guy, by the way. Because I think in SAS terms, I’m always by the utilities and the railroads because there’s a more kind of recurring revenue as opposed to, you know, idiosyncratic by landing in a hotel in Boardwalk. But the problem is, and spoiler alert, if you do that in Monopoly, you basically die a slow death to your children who do a victory dance over you, by the way.

Michael Blake: [00:02:04] So, don’t be like me in Monopoly. But anyway, real estate is a different animal. And I get asked about real estate a lot because I’m in the appraisal business, but I’m in the business appraisal business. Again, I don’t know anything about real estate. We lucked out when we got a good deal on our house. I truly mean that with no sense of humility whatsoever, that is as factual an assessment as I can offer.

Michael Blake: [00:02:29] But, you know, especially in a market where you have loose credit, you have banks that very much want to lend. And frankly, you know, we are, especially in Atlanta, a real estate town. America’s a real estate society in terms of investment. The allure of buying real estate can have a very strong pull, but I’m not sure that that’s necessarily the right thing to do for many companies. And so, that’s what I want to talk about this day.

Michael Blake: [00:02:57] Because I’ll bet in the sound of my voice with someone who is listening to this podcast that somebody right now is looking at, they’re either looking at buying real estate or they’re going, “Why the heck did I buy that real estate? Now, I’ve got this albatross around my neck.” You know, “What made me do that and how do I get out of that?” And like I said, I’m not an expert on this. And for those of you who have been listeners to this podcast, you know that I know not a lot about much. And so, I bring in subject matter experts to help us figure that out. And helping us today is my friend James Pitts, who is CEO of Fractional Real Estate Development or FRED. That has-

James Pitts: [00:03:39] Fractional Real Estate Department.

Michael Blake: [00:03:40] Department, sorry. Department, FRED, a corporate real estate services firm designed to serve middle market companies that don’t have a real estate department, but need one. FRED’s team is made up of former heads and managers of corporate real estate for Coca-Cola, Ernst & Young, Wells Fargo, and AT&T with 30-plus years of experience in each. FRED doesn’t do real estate transactions but rather, they provide analysis, strategy, and manage the client’s process and brokers on behalf of the business. They get paid on a per project basis, cost savings or retainer, and provide real estate expertise that can be trusted.

Michael Blake: [00:04:18] Now, James himself has a 20-year corporate real estate professional with Jones Lang LaSalle, Grubb & Ellis, Johnson Controls Global Workplace Solutions, and Sheraton Hotels. Most notably, James worked as solutions development director at JCI Global Workplace Solutions, where he was responsible for the design of global and regional corporate real estate outsourcing solutions for companies such as Motorola, Barclays, HP, SunTrust Banks, and HSBC with annual spends of $50 million to $500 million. So, yeah, he’s an expert. James, thanks so much for coming on the program.

James Pitts: [00:04:54] Thanks, Mike.

Michael Blake: [00:04:54] And in spite of my botching the name, I think that the name itself is just awesome. FRED. And nobody’s ever called a Fred anymore, right? You don’t meet very many Freds, right? But it’s sort of just short and to the point and sounds very authoritative. Now, did you have Fred in mind and then, you built the words around it or did you just put those words in papers, “Hey, that spells Fred.”.

James Pitts: [00:05:17] The latter.

Michael Blake: [00:05:17] Is it really?

James Pitts: [00:05:19] Mm hmm.

Michael Blake: [00:05:19] So, my guess is both parts of your brain are working at that point and then, sort of put it down a piece of paper for you. So, well done. Frankly, it’s easier to remember than Brady Ware. So, you’ll get more mileage on this podcast than I will most likely. So, James, you’re obviously the resident expert on this, not just here, but just about any place you go. Why do companies want to buy real estate when they’re not in the business of real estate?

James Pitts: [00:05:45] Well, they typically want to buy it as an investment. Some see it as a hedge against risk. Some don’t like the idea of paying rent and they want to build equity. All valid points, but just not that simple.

Michael Blake: [00:05:58] And how compelling is that argument that real estate is an investment?

James Pitts: [00:06:04] Real estate in the nature of itself is an investment. The question is whether it’s a good investment, depends on the goals and the needs of the investor and what their alternative investment options are. It’s a good investment if the company doesn’t have a better alternative for investing its money. Also, a company has to ask itself if it’s in the real estate business or if it’s really going to be in its core business because real estate can really be a distraction to the core business.

James Pitts: [00:06:31] And I’d like to give you a quick example. We had a client that we worked with for years, lost contact with. They went out and bought their own real estate, built a building, overpaid for land, went through a business downturn, suddenly, couldn’t use all of the real estate. They were upside down in the building and the land that they bought. And they were trying to lease out the space and they had other businesses in their space. And the CEO literally said, “I can’t get any work done because I have all of these tenants.” So, suddenly, their core business was being distracted by the real estate business.

Michael Blake: [00:07:06] And, you know, I think that’s important because on the outside looking in, if you’re not in real estate, it must look easy, right? You buy a property, you own it. You just sit back and you let the income roll in or let the savings roll in. And then, at some point, you sort of dispose of it. But as a homeowner and not a very good one, by the way, it’s amazing I still have all of my fingers, frankly, owning real estate, even very basic real estate is an effort and there’s further costs in upkeep, right? So, that doesn’t go away just because now, you own a factory or a warehouse or an office building, right?

James Pitts: [00:07:46] Well, yes. And so, when the roof has a leak, that’s on you. When you have the HBC system go out, that’s now on the business. So, suddenly, instead of making a phone call, you’re managing that, paying for that, checking on that, and just dealing with that.

Michael Blake: [00:08:02] So, we talked a little bit about what are the reasons for wanting to own real estate. What conditions typically lead to a company finding that real estate ownership is beneficial to them? What does a company kind of look like that is a good candidate for that?

James Pitts: [00:08:19] Well, for example, you have a specialized use. So, maybe you need land or maybe you need a certain building that unless you own it, the landlord will not let you perform your operations at a core to your business. Let’s say there’s a specialized use of land or buildings that may require large capital outlay to construct. For instance, a movie studio with a purpose-built sound stages, water stage, back lots, et cetera, will want to own the real estate.

James Pitts: [00:08:49] We had a client from South Korea that needed to test its rubber treads on a proving ground. Imagine a Jeep obstacle course, three acres next door. Industrial buildings aren’t designed to have like a three-acre playground next door. So, they literally had to buy a building actually and then, buy the land next door, and build their proving ground. Otherwise, they wanted to lease. They didn’t want to get into the ownership. But because of their use, no one would let them do that.

Michael Blake: [00:09:24] Right. So, at some point, you got to be the person that gives yourself permission to do it, right?

James Pitts: [00:09:28] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:09:29] So, you have to own it in that case.

James Pitts: [00:09:29] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:09:30] Right? So, you know, in home ownership, there’s a rule of thumb, the basis, unless you’re going to be in the property for five, six years, don’t buy because by the time you factor in all the transaction costs and so forth, it just doesn’t make any sense, right? Keep on renting. Is there a similar rule of thumb time frame in the commercial business area?

James Pitts: [00:09:56] Well, real estate cycles are typically seven to 10 years long. If you want to talk about that cycle, you have declining prices, rents and construction, then that leads to absorption of excess supply, that leads to low vacancy, which leads to increasing prices and rents, which leads to accelerate new construction. At some point, as you go around the circle, you get to oversupply and then, you have high vacancies, which is typically when you want to buy at that lower end of the cycle. Right now, in Atlanta, we’re at the high end of the cycle. So, it’s really a landlord and sellers market. So, from a real estate cycle, if you’re going to be in it, at least seven to 10 years. And we’ll really talk about that probably and some of your other questions about the life cycle of a business as well.

Michael Blake: [00:10:44] So, I’m going to go off script a little bit, but I know it’s a question I want to get out and I think it’s going to be of a lot of interest, which is, you know, as you walk in as the Fractional Real Estate Department for your clients, how much of that work is taking over the management of their properties and how much of it is reversing buyer’s remorse and helping them kind of liquidate, you know, “What have I done?” And sort of get rid of that. How often do you encounter that latter scenario?

James Pitts: [00:11:14] We’re working with a client right now that the previous CEO leased three times as much space as they need. They are actually laying off people right now while they spend an extra $250,000 a year in excess real estate costs. So, sometimes, the first thing you have to do is come in and do an analysis and then, come back with a strategy of how do we fix what you’ve inherited. And the previous CEO signed an eleven-year lease, so they still have eight years of pain.

Michael Blake: [00:11:44] And so, I’ll continue off the script, but I’ve got to follow that question up. So, you know, in some cases, can you then lease that out to try to get a—you know, or sublease, or something like that?

James Pitts: [00:11:56] You can sublet it. You can sell it. You can try to work with the landlord to get out of it. The goal for FRED is to keep people from making these sorts of costly mistakes.

Michael Blake: [00:12:07] Yeah.

James Pitts: [00:12:07] And then, reduce the expense, increase EBITDA, and reduce risk. But what you find, and I used to manage some of the Fortune 500 real estate portfolios when I was at JLL, is that real estate’s the hidden dragon on earnings. And people just don’t realize it. And that even big companies make huge mistakes. And then, that gets multiplied across portfolios. And then, everyone says, “Well, why are we doing this?” “Well, because everyone else did it.” And that’s what it’s always been. We’ve been in this position, in this location for 20 years. And it doesn’t really match anything that the business is doing today.

Michael Blake: [00:12:41] And do you find that businesses may think they know more about real estate than they do because they’re good at the business, but real estate is just different animal? Like I said, I’m a business appraiser, but I’m not a real estate appraiser. Is real estate just fundamentally a different animal?

James Pitts: [00:12:55] Everyone other than you believes that because they bought a house that they’re a real estate mogul. So, they believe that they know a lot more about real estate. It’s something they don’t deal with every three to five years. And when you think about it, real estate is one of those commitments that a company makes that goes three to five years out. Most businesses can’t see that far. And who knows what your strategy or your operations or your sale is going to be in three to five years. And the real estate does not care.

Michael Blake: [00:13:21] No, it doesn’t, right? I’ve never seen the real estates, “Oh, man. I’m sorry”, you know.

James Pitts: [00:13:26] Yeah, the landlords-

Michael Blake: [00:13:27] We’ll just let you out.

James Pitts: [00:13:28] Oh, yeah. Yeah. “Sorry, you guys had a downtime.”

Michael Blake: [00:13:30] Have to reset.

James Pitts: [00:13:32] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:13:32] So, getting back to the primary conversation. So, we’re in a cheap money cycle right now. Feds just lowered interest rates three times in the last three or four months or so. How much should that be a factor in driving the real estate purchase decision? I mean, on some level, obviously financing is cheaper, but is it that simple or does that need to kind of be mixed in with some other considerations?

James Pitts: [00:14:00] So, great question. Depends on the cycle. Even before you get to that, you really have to look at, does a company have excess cash that it can’t really invest back in its operations? Are they stable? Like have they grown to the point where they aren’t going to outgrow the space that they buy? Because why buy it if you’re gonna outgrow it? Now, suddenly, you’re in the real estate business. And, you know, are you in some type of low-margin business where you get a greater return by putting your money in the real estate?

James Pitts: [00:14:32] But let’s talk about cheap money. So, the cheap money of the late 2007s and 2008s actually caused the real estate bubble. So, that led to that balloon. People who bought early in the cycle did well. People who came at the end with that cheap money and bought at the height of the cycle, like we are now, when prices were inflated, got hurt. After the crash, money tightened considerably and people with cash came back and bought things cheaply. Sold as the market was coming back up. And now, we’re back toward the top of market. So, I’d say that the cheap money is there, but it could lead you into bad decisions.

Michael Blake: [00:15:13] Yeah. So, the cheap money could be a sign, right, that maybe the timing is off. And again, I think that that requires a specific real estate expertise to really understand and read the market, right? Certainly, I can’t do it. So, now, there’s an argument out there that companies make that they want to own their real estate because it’s a hedge against risk. How do you respond to that? Is that often a reasonable argument or is that just somebody talking themselves into doing a real estate deal?

James Pitts: [00:15:44] The latter.

Michael Blake: [00:15:45] Is it?

James Pitts: [00:15:45] It could be. So, it depends on what risk you’re worried about, right? So, there’s investment risk and there’s business risk. So, if you have a basket of equities, fixed income, cash alternatives, alternative investments, and real estate, you are diversified. Real estate typically lacks business downturns by six to eight months. So, if there’s a general drop in the economy, then the real estate will eventually fill that. And if the company bought the high of the market, you can suddenly be under water with regards to the value of your property in which you paid for it.

James Pitts: [00:16:18] The mortgage payment is still the same. The company may have to downsize, but your costs are still the same for your real estate portfolio. And it’s hard to sell asset in the downturn as well. So, if you’re trying to use—real estate does follow business cycles. So, it’s not necessarily a risk against that. And you also have to say, “If buying real estate makes your business operations riskier, you shouldn’t do it.” But if you’re at a point where purchasing the real estate, you know, lessens risk or doesn’t impact your risk profile, then you can look at that as a separate investment.

Michael Blake: [00:16:53] And I think what you’re talking about is the operational risk-

James Pitts: [00:16:56] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:16:56] … of the company, right?

James Pitts: [00:16:57] And correct me if I’m wrong, but the way I interpret what you just said is that one of the dangers is a business can undertake gymnastics that they would not normally undertake in order to get into the real estate game just because there’s cheap money and they feel like that there’s sort of a momentary opportunity. That sounds like a path to trouble.

James Pitts: [00:17:20] We see it a lot where once people get into their brain, “I’d like to own something and build equity”, they will do unnatural things to accomplish that that may not be in the best interest of the business. So, for instance, we had a service company growing rapidly up to 60 people. They were leasing 2,600 square feet. People were literally on top of one another. The owner said, “I want to go out and buy something.” And we said, “Well, you’re still growing. So, let’s lease 13,000 square feet for five years. That gives you plenty of room to grow. And then, once you get to a point where you’re stable and you’re not growing, maybe that’s when you buy a specialized site for your business.” And I said, “Plus, you’re at the top of the cycle. So, why would you buy now? There’s no equity in it.”

Michael Blake: [00:18:07] Right. Buy high, sell low is not a successful business strategy for most, right?

James Pitts: [00:18:12] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:18:13] And, you know, that gets to something that I encounter a lot, which is, as you know, I do a fair bit of work in the emerging tech sector, right? And, you know, to me, buying a building when you think you’re going to grow, right? And tech companies grow rapidly. They don’t add two or three people, right? If they don’t catch fire, it doesn’t matter. But once they catch fire, they’re adding people at a hundred a time, right?

James Pitts: [00:18:37] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:18:37] I wouldn’t say you can’t, but, boy, it’s got to be hard just to buy your way out of that problem every time through.

James Pitts: [00:18:46] Exactly. It’s like buying a 15-year old boy a pair of $400 sneakers. Right. You’ll be out of them in two months.

Michael Blake: [00:18:54] Right. Right.

James Pitts: [00:18:56] So, why do it?

Michael Blake: [00:18:56] Right. Yeah. Now, that’s fair. That’s fair. So, let me ask this a little bit off script. But what about the lease-to-own deals? Do you see a lot of those? And if so, do they change the dynamic at all?

James Pitts: [00:19:12] Oh, lease-to-own. I don’t see a lot of that. Not at a corporate level. You see that more so in a residential level-

Michael Blake: [00:19:21] Okay.

James Pitts: [00:19:21] … who would do a lease-to-own. But now, some people may lease and they’ll have an option to purchase later.

Michael Blake: [00:19:28] Yeah.

James Pitts: [00:19:29] You know, if they think that they’re gonna really like the space. But you don’t see too many of those.

Michael Blake: [00:19:35] Okay. What are some of the hidden costs owning the real estate?

James Pitts: [00:19:40] Oh, so those are capital improvements that you weren’t expecting. If you’re in a building and you decide you don’t need all of it and you have a vacancy, so now, you’re inefficient. Maybe you did a floating rate loan or a swap loan and rates are changing on you, and they’re not going in your direction. We actually had a client that the rates right now, like if they were to sell the building that they’re in, they’d owe $200,000 versus if the rate stayed where they used to be, they’d get a check for $300,000 of repairs and maintenance.

James Pitts: [00:20:17] We did a project for a large nonprofit here in Atlanta that owned the building with very little debt. They had about $5 million in deferred maintenance on the property. They were trying to figure out what they would do with the building. They were in about half of it, in 40,000 square feet with three tenants. They weren’t getting any new tenants. And we did a study and looked at what their other costs were, including the maintenance people that they had on staff. And they didn’t realize all the hidden cost in it.

James Pitts: [00:20:47] And we ended up selling the building for them, reducing their space. They got $2 million above what the market was offering. And then, by reducing their space and making them more efficient, we save them $3 million on their lease. So, they were like, “How did you make leasing a building cheaper than owning a building and put $5 million in our pocket?” Like, you know, it was a lot of financial engineering. Just looking at—that the real estate didn’t match your needs, you know, financially or even their people.

Michael Blake: [00:21:18] Well, and that goes to knowing the real estate market, right? And knowing what the market will bear and kind of what the terms are, and, you know, being able to use that as a negotiation point, right?

James Pitts: [00:21:30] Mm hmm.

Michael Blake: [00:21:30] I mean, again, you know, real estate is one of those things, it bears repeating, it looks easy, but it ain’t.

James Pitts: [00:21:38] It is really not.

Michael Blake: [00:21:40] So, how much should an opportunity to acquire real estate is sort of like as a good deal? How much does that drive or should it drive the discussion? You know, maybe your building is just going to be sold. Maybe there’s an estate situation, divorce situation, like that, and the son has got to sell, so it’s going to—if you can kind of do the deal quickly, it’s going to go for below fair market or market value, how much should that play into that lease-versus-buy decision?

James Pitts: [00:22:13] And I think we have to make sure that if your core business is your priority, as long as you check all the boxes and purchasing the building does not impact your core business, which is really your bread winner, then you can consider it, if it’s a great deal. I mean, if it’s a deal that if, for some reason, you need to sell it or lease it out and you could lease out, say, maybe 70 percent and that would easily cover your mortgage, you should consider it. You know, but if it’s an arbitrage opportunity, you should consider it. If it’s a great deal, you should always consider that.

Michael Blake: [00:22:49] Okay. And what about the argument that real estate can be used as a way to diversify the assets of the company or sometimes, the assets of the owner that is not necessarily that clearly separated from the company because it’s sort of one of the same? How compelling is that argument?

James Pitts: [00:23:08] So, that can be a sticky wicket. It can also be a great strategy. Some owner, company owners purchase building and lease it back to the company, and let the company expense the rent payments while paying off the mortgage on the property, then the owner can personally tap the built up equity in the property without taxation. If the owner expects to sell the company, then they may have to unwind or restructure their intertwined real estate in their business to make it attractive to the buyer.

James Pitts: [00:23:38] We were talking to a private equity firm out in California and the owner sold—they bought a business, the owner sold it to them, and it was 150,000 square foot warehouse. They only need 50,000. He had them as part of the deal, signed a 10-year lease for 150,000. So, they were suddenly stuck with three times as much space as they needed. And they were lamenting that they didn’t make him unwind that. So, you have to be clear, if you’re trying to exit your business and you now have some real estate obligations, it could affect your valuation.

Michael Blake: [00:24:14] Now, we tussled on this a little bit before, but I want to make sure that we address this explicitly. How important is the decision whether or not you need to kind of build your own custom real estate? We talked about customizing a building that you own. But now, I want to kind of move kind of, you know, a step further. What about kind of building your own real estate versus buying something that may or may not suit you on the existing market? How often do you encounter that? Does that build versus buy change the business discussion at all?

James Pitts: [00:24:48] So, it can. If your movie studio is custom-built, then it’s really important to buy and build your own. Back to that one client of ours who built their own building, they bought the land too expensive. Right now, construction costs are really high in Atlanta. But they’ve done that in 2010. Much better deal, cheaper land, cheaper construction costs. So, what we found is that given the costs of construction right now with the steel tariffs and just the land costs, there’s a lot of existing buildings that you can buy that are actually cheaper than in building right now in this particular part of the cycle.

Michael Blake: [00:25:31] And-

James Pitts: [00:25:32] And it just depends on where you are in the cycle-

Michael Blake: [00:25:33] Sure.

James Pitts: [00:25:35] … basically.

Michael Blake: [00:25:35] Okay. And I guess to some extent, too, if you can actually find someone to build the building, right, at the top of the cycle-

James Pitts: [00:25:40] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:25:40] … it’s-

James Pitts: [00:25:41] Everybody’s busy. Right.

Michael Blake: [00:25:42] Everybody’s busy. Right. So, you don’t even get out of radar screen unless you have a big job to begin with.

James Pitts: [00:25:47] And for one of our South Korean clients, we actually did a study of, do you buy a building or do you build it? And it came out, it would be easier to buy a building, existing building, renovate it, and do what you needed to do next door than to just build from the ground up.

Michael Blake: [00:26:08] I wonder if there’s kind of a conceptual benefit there, too. You know, my parents built a house and the thing that I learned from that process, I’ll never build a house because it seems to me that if you’re trying to imagine a structure from the ground up, there’s just nothing there today. And then, a year from now or two years, you know, there’s going to be a building. Just seems like so many things can go wrong and there’s not going to be the way that you visualized or to make them the way that you visualize them is going to be prohibitively expensive along the way.

James Pitts: [00:26:42] Depends on where you are in the cycle.

Michael Blake: [00:26:43] Yeah.

James Pitts: [00:26:44] But you have architects for that.

Michael Blake: [00:26:45] Yeah.

James Pitts: [00:26:45] Architects and civil engineers, and they can deliver exactly what you want.

Michael Blake: [00:26:49] So, are there any rules of thumb around a company’s finances in terms of how much cash to have in the bank or how profitable they are or how, I don’t know, sort of reliable their profitability is that maybe goes into your calculus as to whether or not you advise a client to buy versus lease?

James Pitts: [00:27:08] So, in general, real estate as an investment, I’ve read somewhere, returns about 7 to 8 percent of the long-term as an investment. If the business return—if your margins on your business are 20 percent, and why wouldn’t you invest that in your business, if you still have the opportunity to grow? So, people get, “Oh, I want own real estate and I’m gonna build up equity.” But if you can put that money into your people, if you can leave the risk of ownership of real estate to a landlord so that if you shrink or grow, you can go elsewhere versus now, I have a building and I have to do the capital improvements. And I have to pay the taxes on it and if I grow or shrink, it stays the same. So, there’s a business risk there.

Michael Blake: [00:27:59] You know, I want to come back to that or stay on that, actually, because I think that’s a very important point. You know, many of the drivers I see for buying real estate lie in something else other than directly operationally imperative to the business, right? Sometimes is. And I think we’ve covered that. You know, rule number one is make sure that that decision is driven by the operational imperative-

James Pitts: [00:28:24] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:28:24] … not because of something else that you want to do. And, you know, there’s no law that says, if you have excess cash or even excess borrowing power that you have to buy real estate with it, right?

James Pitts: [00:28:36] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:28:36] Or if you want to buy real estate, you know, buy into a read, right? You can get real estate exposure that way.

James Pitts: [00:28:42] Or buy an actual investment property that’s not attached to your—if you have extra cash, maybe you go and buy another real building that has tenants in it.

Michael Blake: [00:28:54] Yeah.

James Pitts: [00:28:54] And you manage that as a separate investment. But now, you sort of linked your business to your real estate and they’re intertwined. Let’s say you have partners in your business, there’s three or four partners, and Ted decides to leave the company. And now, you know, you have to unwind the real estate side of it and the business side of it. And maybe Ted didn’t want to get out of the real estate side or, you know, you have to make sure all the interests are aligned on the real estate side as well.

Michael Blake: [00:29:22] So, one other question I want to ask as we move towards wrapping up here is, a company can accidentally acquire real estate through an acquisition, right? And although I’m confident in most cases, a company isn’t necessarily surprised that it owns real estate, but I think that I’ve certainly seen the case where the acquirer spend so much time performing due diligence in the company that they feel that the real estate is a sort of a side gig or a throw away or something. And then, all of a sudden, you wind up owning it and maybe they should have done due diligence on that or sometimes, you’re even forced to buy the real estate. The seller will not sell unless you take the whole thing, business and real estate. How often do you see that? And if you do see that a lot, in your mind, is that a complicating factor in the M&A process?

James Pitts: [00:30:15] I definitely think it’s a complicating factor. Part of what FRED services we offer to come in as a part of that M&A process is to look at the real estate and say, “Here are you trailing obligations from a real estate perspective and here’s how you need to account for that, because either you’re going to end up with some excess cost or some real estate that you don’t need, and maybe, you should make that a part of the negotiation” versus “You take this”, and suddenly, you basically paid the seller twice. And that you paid them for the business, you paid them for the real estate. Now, you take the loss on the real estate. And that’s not a choice that you make. You actually came there for the business.

Michael Blake: [00:30:56] So, if somebody wants to learn more about this process, they have a question about their own real estate decision they’re looking at, how can they contact you?

James Pitts: [00:31:05] Please feel free to e-mail me at james.pitts, P-I-T-T-S like in Pittsburgh, @fred, F-R-E-D,-solution.com. And love to hear from you.

Michael Blake: [00:31:19] All right. And that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank James Pitts so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us and telling us about his company, FRED, Fractional Real Estate Department. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake, our sponsor is Brady Ware. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, diversification, diversification into real estate, Fractional Real Estate Department, FRED, hidden costs of real estate, lease to own, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, real estate

Inspiring Women, Episode 16: Becoming a Woman of Influence

December 11, 2019 by John Ray

Betty Collins, Brady Ware
Inspiring Women PodCast with Betty Collins
Inspiring Women, Episode 16: Becoming a Woman of Influence
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

 

Betty Collins, Brady Ware
Betty Collins, Brady Ware & Company

Inspiring Women, Episode 16:  Becoming a Woman of Influence

Influence is merely the capability to have an effect on the character, development or behavior of something. Do you want to be that woman of influence? Host Betty Collins discusses what it takes to expand your influence on this edition of “Inspiring Women,” presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Betty Collins, CPA, Brady Ware & Company and Host of the “Inspiring Women” Podcast

Betty Collins, Brady WareBetty Collins is the Office Lead for Brady Ware’s Columbus office and a Shareholder in the firm. Betty joined Brady Ware & Company in 2012 through a merger with Nipps, Brown, Collins & Associates. She started her career in public accounting in 1988. Betty is co-leader of the Long Term Care service team, which helps providers of services to Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and nursing centers establish effective operational models that also maximize available funding. She consults with other small businesses, helping them prosper with advice on general operations management, cash flow optimization, and tax minimization strategies.

In addition, Betty serves on the Board of Directors for Brady Ware and Company. She leads Brady Ware’s Women’s Initiative, a program designed to empower female employees, allowing them to tap into unique resources and unleash their full potential.  Betty helps her colleagues create a work/life balance while inspiring them to set and reach personal and professional goals. The Women’s Initiative promotes women-to-women business relationships for clients and holds an annual conference that supports women business owners, women leaders, and other women who want to succeed. Betty actively participates in women-oriented conferences through speaking engagements and board activity.

Betty is a member of the National Association of Women Business Owners (NAWBO) and she is the President-elect for the Columbus Chapter. Brady Ware also partners with the Women’s Small Business Accelerator (WSBA), an organization designed to help female business owners develop and implement a strong business strategy through education and mentorship, and Betty participates in their mentor match program. She is passionate about WSBA because she believes in their acceleration program and matching women with the right advisors to help them achieve their business ownership goals. Betty supports the WSBA and NAWBO because these organizations deliver resources that help other women-owned and managed businesses thrive.

Betty is a graduate of Mount Vernon Nazarene College, a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and a member of the Ohio Society of Certified Public Accountants. Betty is also the Board Chairwoman for the Gahanna Area Chamber of Commerce, and she serves on the Board of the Community Improvement Corporation of Gahanna as Treasurer.

“Inspiring Women” Podcast Series

“Inspiring Women” is THE podcast that advances women toward economic, social and political achievement. The show is hosted by Betty Collins, CPA, and presented by Brady Ware and Company. Brady Ware is committed to empowering women to go their distance in the workplace and at home. Other episodes of “Inspiring Women” can be found here.

Show Transcript

Betty Collins: [00:00:00] Today, becoming a person of influence … In fact, today, because this is Inspired Women, I’m going to say becoming a woman of influence, right? I’m going to start with this. I love a certain movie, and I bet I’ve watched this a hundred times; I’m not kidding. My husband will come home and can’t believe I still have this on, but it’s “Two Week Notice,” with Sandra Bullock, who plays Lucy Kelson, and Hugh Grant, who plays George Wade. Sandra Bullock is an activist and she is a “cause” – I’m putting that in quotes – per Hugh Grant in the movie.

Betty Collins: [00:00:32] He says that, at some point. She is very passionate about architecture and preserving historical buildings that have meaning. They’ve been in the community forever. How dare you take this down? Right? On the other hand, he’s a developer, and he tears down buildings, and he puts up new ones that are nothing like the historical buildings, of course, that she loves. He’s that big corporate America; she works for all these legal aid things and does all the good work. They are night and day. He grew up wealthy. She grew up poor. I mean, they have nothing in common, really.

Betty Collins: [00:01:08] Needless to say, her method is that she would protest, and take her protesters, and they would stand in front of buildings when they were trying to tear them down. For a while, it would work, and all three people that she had protesting with her … Then they would take them, and she would go into jail, and her parents would bail her out. One of those times, the parents were- they were coming, of course, out of the building- or out of jail, actually. The parents had paid her bail, and she looked at her parents and said, “Did they tear the building down?” They didn’t say yes. They didn’t have to. She just looked at her parents and said, “I’m just not getting through.” They said, “Let’s just go to dinner …” She goes, “No. I gotta go home and think about this one.” That line stayed with me – “I’m just not getting through.” In other words, she wasn’t influencing anything.

Betty Collins: [00:02:03] How many times have you had that passion, something in your heart and soul, right? And you have no results? You have that “I’m not getting through.” In reality, no influence. Influence can be applied to many things. Maybe you to influence and have a following. Maybe you want to push an agenda, be impactful. You have a passion. You have a cause, like Lucy Kelson. Today, we’re going to talk about becoming that person of influence.

Betty Collins: [00:02:31] Influence is merely … It’s the capability to have an effect on the character, development, or behavior of something. Do you want to be that woman of influence? I hope so. We’re counting on you, actually. The movie is not real life, of course it’s not. It’s not. It’s fictional. But Sandra Bullock acted out and was determined to have influence about historical buildings. She really wanted the community center where she grew up to stay intact. But she had enough insight in that moment, when she saw her parents look that they had torn down another building, that it was not working, so she changed the way or the approach to influence her agenda of historic preservation.

Betty Collins: [00:03:18] I don’t know what your historic preservation issue is, but I’m sure there’s something out there that you would like to have more influence on. Well, the approach was very uncomfortable, and she had a mindset change to her method to her madness. Instead of having her and three people go protest, she ends up approaching Hugh Grant, as George Wade; the rich kid, the playboy, the guy who’s kind of everything she can’t stand. She ends up working for the guy who’s tearing down the buildings. Now, it’s a movie, and I get that, and I would call … But if that was real life, and you decided, “I’m going to now get in and get with that person,” like I talked in my last podcast – the decision maker, the person who makes things happen – that’s exactly what she did. It was bold. It was tenacious. She wasn’t comfortable. Confidence- she was confident in her passion, but it took a lot of … She’d be courageous now.

Betty Collins: [00:04:18] Okay, it’s a movie, but it could be real if you applied it to your situation. How are you going to change your mindset? How are you going to change your method? Are you going to do something a little more bold and tenacious to make it happen? Of course, Lucy Kelson did that. More on Lucy Kelson later. But before we continue, I want to think about the influence you have now or that you would like to have. Are you just not getting through to some aspect of your life or a situation, maybe in your family, with your kids? You know how that is. Bosses, customers, the career path. Think on it. Don’t just listen to my podcast, but really think on it. Define it, put it on the table, write it down, and then say it out loud. “I want to influence …” and make some change to becoming that influencer, so you get through where you need to.

Betty Collins: [00:05:12] To influence others, in other words, it’s not really optional to do these things, and it’s a lot. So, listen closely and get the transcript on these next few things, because this is not for the weak; it is not for the weary. You must go beyond general expectations, and you must reach for limits above the norm. You must have total confidence in yourself and what you are attempting to achieve, but you also have to be courageous. It’s one thing to be confident, but to stand up in the room and say what you need to say, that takes courage. You’ve got to provide words and wisdom to others who are seeking to obtain it. Then, you have to understand the impact, yourself, of maybe that historical preservation/community center staying. I don’t know. Show others that these things can be realized. Again, this is not for the weak, and it is not for the weary.

Betty Collins: [00:06:07] I’m going to give you some tips on how do I get through? How do I become that woman of influence? Well, first, you’ve got to focus on resonating with the audience. You’ve got to know the person or the group you’re trying to influence. I think, in the movie, that’s what she was doing. “I’ve got to get to know George Wade, and who he is, and get beside him …” Of course she got … It’s a movie, so it’s kind of … Go watch it, and you’ll see what I’m talking about. In her case, she said, That’s what I got to do. It’s no longer enough. I got to get to know this person and figure it out.”

Betty Collins, Brady Ware: [00:06:40] Begin with your audience and create generosity for them. I know that when I speak publicly, if I don’t get to know that audience, I will not connect, I will not resonate, and they will be on their phones. You have to benefit. You have to give them some kind of positive experience. That’s really just called you’ve got to make a resignation. Here’s a great quote, when you’re figuring out that audience or that person of who you’re trying to get to. “If you talk to someone about themselves, they’ll listen for hours.” I’m going to say that again: “If you talk to someone about themselves, they’ll listen for hours.” People will immediately like you, if you show interest in them first. We don’t do that well, often, today.

Betty Collins: [00:07:27] You’ve got to learn about who they are, what they are, what they dislike, what their favorite sports are. Make yourself more likable, and maybe you’ll gain some trust. I have a great example that. I was interviewing a very large client, and I really wanted this client. I went in there not really having any ability to resonate with this person. The more I tried to sell myself, and sell my company, and talk about myself and all those things, the interview was over before it started. Fortunately, I was perceiving that. I had good perception.

Betty Collins: [00:08:12] Then, I realized I just need to wind this down. She’s not interested. I saw two pictures on her desk, and one of them was … It looked like a place I had gone to. So, I said, “Hey, do you travel a lot?” She goes, “We love to travel. We live to travel.” I said, “Oh, is that St. Lucia? She goes, “It is.” Completely different conversation. We talked travel for 10 minutes, and we talked about everywhere we had been. She talked about all over, and it was personal for her, because it was with her husband, and her children, and a lifetime of those things. I was able to now resonate with that audience. I made a connection. Then, at the end, she said, “Get me the contract, and let’s get started.” It was the most bizarre thing I’ve ever …

Betty Collins, Brady Ware: [00:09:01] But I learned from that, that first thing, I went in … I try to do this now. I look around the room. What is the audience? Even if it’s one person, what is in their office? What are they – what resonates with them? If you want to influence, you’ve got to resonate. You got to know your stuff. If you want to be an influential person, you’ve got to know your stuff, and you’ve got to be incredible.

Betty Collins: [00:09:23] Lucy Kelson, played by Sandra Bullock, knew her stuff about historical preservation. She just did. She could go on, and on, and on about it. Now, Hugh Grant didn’t hear her, but she knew her stuff. She gained knowledge. She knew her research. When it really came to the moment where she could actually work for somebody like him and be there, he then began to go, “She knows. She’s credible. She might be a liberal, and I’m a conservative. She might be frugal, and I’m excessive,” but she knew her stuff; she had credibility; that took her a long way, and it kind of- she gained some authority because of that.

Betty Collins: [00:09:58] It’s funny, in the movie, now, he can’t make a decision without her. Everything is what she thinks, right? But knowing and research, you have to do that. You have to know, if you want to be an influencer, and it doesn’t matter what it is. If you want to help someone at your church, and you want them to know the Bible; if you don’t know it, it means nothing that you’re trying to help them. If you are in a situation where you’re trying to help someone sell something, and you’ve never sold anything in your whole life; doesn’t help. You’ve got to know your stuff to be credible.

Betty Collins, Brady Ware: [00:10:27] It’s our nature to listen to those who know more. It also is our nature to not listen to people who know more. Sometimes, the smartest person in the room is “the expert,” and they get attention because you’re stuck with them, because they’re expert. You don’t want to be in that but know your stuff and be credible.

Betty Collins: [00:10:47] Build your strategy and process first. To become influential, you’ve got to be intentional. I’m sure you’ve heard that. But those who plan, influence; those who think first, influence; those who are paralyzed by the plan, don’t influence, by the way, so don’t get too wrapped up in that, because if the plan sits on a shelf and collects dust, it means nothing. In order to have a real plan, you’ve got to think it through, but then you’ve got to go, “Here’s how I’m going to process this,” and then you will influence.

Betty Collins: [00:11:16] I know in Brady Ware, with our women’s initiative, I really did sit back and go, “What is the purpose? What is the mission? How do I want this to go? What is it I really want to achieve at the end of the day?” Then, I began executing things in pieces, and in five years, Brady Ware can’t believe how we’ve grown this to what it is. But it took a lot of that. Now, I’m pretty influential in Brady Ware, when I go in and say, “I think we should do this for women.” A lot of times, it’s just a given, because I’ve done my homework, I know my stuff, and I have a credible reputation. But then, I build a strategy, and I continue to change the strategy.

Betty Collins, Brady Ware: [00:11:53] The other piece is you’ve got to find your unique voice, when you want to influence. You can be the norm. You can be like everybody. You can be a copy, or you can be original. You’ve probably heard that. The key difference between influencers who make it and those who don’t is really not about how hard you work. That’s good stuff. It may not be that you are the big producer … People wear that badge of honor and thump their chest – “I’m the biggest! I’m the best! I’m doing all this!” – but it doesn’t mean that they are always going to be heard. In fact, sometimes people don’t want to hear about how hard you work and how good you are. They will be inspired by you, if you have a unique voice or method in how you communicate or how you do something.

Betty Collins: [00:12:38] There’s a funny part in the movie. It’s the envelope part of the movie. Now, of course, Hugh Grant can’t make one decision without Sandra Bullock. She knows her stuff. She’s credible. She’s on it. She’s gained his trust. On and on … So ,he brings her these two envelopes, and she’s like, “These are the same envelopes. I don’t know what the debate is?” He’s describing it to her, and she’s still going, “I don’t know what the debate is? They’re both not made with recycled paper, so I wouldn’t buy either of them.”

Betty Collins: [00:13:07] Then she goes, and she licks the envelopes, and see how they seal. He goes, “What are you doing?” And she goes, “Well, you’ve got to see if they seal well,” and she’s licking to see how they taste. He was like, “I’ve asked a hundred people this same question, and you’re the only one who came up with this answer.” That stuck with me, because I just think about these things. I don’t know why … She just had a unique way of helping him make decisions or getting him to where he needed to go. Again, it’s a movie, but the principle is there. Never underestimate the uniqueness of how you leverage; your voice will be heard differently, versus just, “I work hard, so I should be heard,” or, “I’m the biggest producer, I should be heard.” Those are things that are out there.

Betty Collins: [00:13:48] You’ve got to be consistent, period. To create trust and connection, you’ve got to be consistent. Deviation is okay, but consistent rules the day. I’m sure you’ve heard this – if you want to be influenced … You want to be the influencer, and not be influenced. Not that that’s bad but being authentic and building trust; you’ve got to be the real deal. People can read through that. It’s critical to stay that way. It’s critical to be transparent. People want to connect with people who are the real deal and are trustworthy. I see that in all levels and positions at Brady Ware. When you have somebody who just- you know that they are going to be authentic, and you can trust them, you’ll deal with them a lot more, you’ll use them a lot more, and you’ll probably support them when they need it a lot more.

Betty Collins, Brady Ware: [00:14:37] Another thing I didn’t … As I was doing my research for this podcast today, focusing on the metrics that matter … It seems like all I hear about right now are metrics and measuring, but influencers having impact need to measure metrics, and they need to measure the right ones. My good friend, Sheri Jones, she has a company, Measurement Resources, that measures outcomes. She has convinced me, over and over, it’s important, and it’s valuable, because I see results with it. But, at times, as an influencer, you think if you are dealing with metrics like ‘I have this many employees, and my company’s bigger, and now I’ve gotten to this revenue; my office is now the corner, and it’s the biggest; or my LinkedIn connections have hit 1,500; or, hey, I make more money …’

Betty Collins: [00:15:27] Those are all good metrics and things to shoot for. But you probably will have better results as an influencer if you focus on two things. Engagement; engagement with employees, engagement with customers, people that totally … You’re engaged and, no matter what, there’s a strength in that. So, engagement is huge. You can do all you want for employees; if they aren’t engaged and own it, and they’re … It’s not nearly as effective. So, measuring engagement is proven to be something that’s huge. It’s not just that I saw five people and have five contacts; It’s did I engage with them? Did I make a connection with them? Going again back to I knew my audience, and I was able to talk about St. Lucia, and it all came to full circle. That’s engagement; not talking about what I do, and how hard I work, and what we can do for you.

Betty Collins: [00:16:20] Then, the return on your investment. There are things that you can do in any organization, where you might put a lot of metrics on volume and sales. If it’s the wrong sale, and you don’t make any money, it doesn’t matter. So, measure what is bringing back to you. I can make this much money on these things, so obviously, it’s adding to my cash, or paying off my debt, or it’s I now have reinvestment money. People who are pretty influential measure those things that matter. The two metrics are engagement, and the other one is return on investment.

Betty Collins: [00:16:59] You’ve got to be vulnerable but smart. Opening up about your struggles and fears; some people do that better than others, but it’s tough. Doing so, though, helps you connect to that audience. It definitely humanizes you, because we all are. I’m not saying that you need to tell your life story every day. Please don’t. The difficulties you share could be really relatable to that person. You never know. It also can be real negative, if you overdo it.

Betty Collins: [00:16:59] In the movie, Hugh Grant, who is more of a playboy, not over-serious, successful, living on his dad’s money, but yet, he’s influential because he’s successful. Of course, the activist of Sandra Bullock’s very harsh about him. Then, in this one moment in the movie, they’re in her favorite place, and they’re talking about expectations, and they’re going on and on. Then Hugh Grant just says, “Or maybe no one having any expectations at all …”

Betty Collins: [00:17:59] She understood, in that moment, because her parents had such high- that his parents probably had such low, so no wonder he didn’t get it. He didn’t get what she was totally driven with, right? I just found that an interesting line, because she heard him, and, at that point in the movie – again, this is not real – but she listened to him differently. She treated him differently, because she saw something in him. For her, for parents, or anyone around you to not have expectations of you was very, very foreign to her, because that was all her parents were about. So, she heard, and it changed her view – again, influence.

Betty Collins: [00:18:42] Don’t take shortcuts when you’re trying to be an influencer. In fact, it might put you three steps forward, two steps back. You can’t do it faster and easier. It has to be at a pace that works. Don’t put your reputation at risk. Definitely don’t do that. To become an influencer, you probably have built a lot of authority and trust that we’ve talked about. Do not lose that investment by going rogue or just dipping into something that you shouldn’t. In this movie, both characters were so opposite, but they really never compromised who they were, at the end; they just didn’t. She loved historical buildings, and he loved new ones, and there was nothing wrong with either side. They didn’t ever put their reputation at risk, because that’s who they are and it’s what they did.

Betty Collins: [00:19:28] Lastly, but not leastly, it’s not about you. When you’re trying to influence, it cannot be about you. It may be about you, in the end; it might be somebody you’re trying to influence to build a bigger company or influence your family to be a better- all those things. But it really is about the person. It’s less about you, and it’s more about cheering on the cause, or cheering on the people that you’re trying to influence. Becoming a woman of influence is not for the weary. It is not just for the strong, either. I’ve seen all kinds of women in all kinds of positions in all stages of life influence.

Betty Collins: [00:20:01] These are just a few quotes that I found. I always love to find quotes, and so I’m out there googling, but I thought some of them were interesting. “If you’re going to influence, associate yourself with people of good quality, for it’s better to be alone than in bad company.” Two, “You can be much more influential if people are not aware of your influence.” Again, I go back to my friend Caroline Worley, who’s such a master at being political savvy and such a master at influence and using it for the good. She was fantastic. “Influence is like a savings account. The less you use, the more you got.” Let that sink in. And, “The ability to influence people without irritating them is probably the best skill that you can ever learn.”.

Betty Collins: [00:20:45] So, today I’ve said a lot. Get the transcript. Get my notes, because there’s a lot there that you need to dig into. Influencing, becoming that person of influence is something that you can do. It takes work, and it takes intentionality, but it would be worth it in the end of whatever that you’re trying to accomplish. I’m Betty Collins. Thank you for listening today.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, influence, Influencers, Inspiring Women, Inspiring Women podcast, woman owned business, women entrepreneurs, Women in Business, women of influence, women-owned businesses

Decision Vision Episode 42: Should I Issue Equity to Employees? – An Interview with Scott Harris, Friend, Hudak & Harris

December 5, 2019 by John Ray

Should I Issue Equity to Employees?
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 42: Should I Issue Equity to Employees? - An Interview with Scott Harris, Friend, Hudak & Harris
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Should I Issue Equity to Employees
Mike Blake and Scott Harris

Decision Vision Episode 42: Should I Issue Equity to Employees? – An Interview with Scott Harris, Friend, Hudak & Harris

Why should I even consider issuing stock to employees? If I do, what form of equity should I use? Business attorney Scott Harris answers these questions and much more as he speaks with host Mike Blake on this edition of “Decision Vision,” presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Scott Harris, Friend, Hudak & Harris

Should I Issue Equity to Employees?
Scott Harris

Scott Harris is a Partner with Friend, Hudak & Harris. Scott’s expertise is in business law. He concentrates his practice on corporate, transactional, licensing, intellectual property, merger and acquisition, joint venture, and finance law. By finding the right solutions to challenges and taking advantage of opportunities, Scott ensures that closely-held businesses and their owners grow and succeed.

Scott approaches his work differently. Rather than telling clients what they cannot do, he defines strategies to best accomplish their objectives. Instead of a detached legal assessor, Scott stands shoulder-to-shoulder as a client teammate. Based on solid judgment and decades of experience, he works to understand his clients’ businesses and provides them with successful alternatives.

Scott is admitted in Georgia and California. He has a B.A., cum laude, from Wake Forest University, and graduated from the Emory University School of Law with distinction.

For further information, go to the Friend, Hudak & Harris website or you can email Scott directly.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. Mike is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents, and helps clients develop successful commercialization paths for such assets.

He has been a full-time business appraiser for 15 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and as owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Mike is very active in the Atlanta startup community. He is the co-founder of StartupLounge, a nonprofit that supports early stage technology entrepreneurs and investors, he teaches the technology valuation module in the Georgia Tech/Emory University TIGER program, and he has coached 6 teams to victory in various business plan competitions for a total of $350,000 in prize money and another entrepreneur who received funding through ABC’s Shark Tank.  He continues holding monthly office hours in Chamblee and Alpharetta.

Mike was named to the Atlanta Business Chronicle’s Top 40 Under 40 list in 2009 and is a graduate of the Leadership Atlanta Class of 2014.  Mike is also a semi-professional musician, playing keyboards and vocals for a classic rock cover band.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, a clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic, rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different. We talk to subject matter experts into how they would recommend thinking about that decision. My name is Mike Blake and I am your host for today’s podcast. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio, Richmond, Indiana, and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today.

Michael Blake: [00:00:52] Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please also consider leaving a review of the podcast, as well. The topic today is, should I consider issuing equity to employees? And I think there are few decisions in business that are of greater importance and greater depth. And I think many people make that decision with such care. Maybe they even become paralyzed and they don’t do something.

Michael Blake: [00:01:32] And I think, frankly, in other cases, particularly in the tech sphere, but not always that way, you kind of see that decision taken lightly. And, you know, there are people handing out stock and options, you know, more frequently than, you know, handing out replica phases at Comic-Con. And companies can sort of make or break themselves because when you invite someone to become a co-shareholder with you in your company, I think that that is about the most intimate relationship that there is in business.

Michael Blake: [00:02:06] Because once you make that commitment, like a marital divorce, that is not something that is easily done or undone by, you know, hitting control+Z and just trying to undo it. And, you know, I think in some cases, there’s a sense that in some businesses, again, in tech software, biotech, you have to make other people shareholders, you have to issue options or even give them stock or you’re just not going to go any place. There’s an expectation on the part of venture cap blushing and make plans to do that.

Michael Blake: [00:02:41] Others, you know, I think correctly assess this decision with a tremendous amount of caution. Because again, it’s not something that’s easy to do. And when a shareholder, even a relatively minor one kind of goes broken arrow on you, at a minimum, it is spiritually painful. And often, it is legally and financially painful as well. So, you know, a topic of this gravity deserves a guest of the high deal of gravitas.

Michael Blake: [00:03:17] And I can think of nobody better to invite to help us work through this than my pal, Scott Harris, who is a partner at Friend Hudak and Harris here in Atlanta, though he is joining us from their palatial and so far, thank God, safe Napa Valley office. Scott’s expertise is in business law and concentrates his practice on corporate transactional licensing, intellectual property, merger and acquisition, joint venture, and finance law.

Michael Blake: [00:03:45] He helps find the right solutions to challenges and taking advantage of opportunities. He ensures that closely held businesses and their owners grow and succeed, and approaches his work differently in that regard. And like our podcast actually, rather than just telling clients what they can and cannot do, he helps to find strategies to best accomplish their objectives. And as an aside, that’s what a good lawyer tells you.

Michael Blake: [00:04:08] That’s what a good lawyer is when they’re an adviser. They don’t just tell you what you can’t do but they lay out a menu of options of, you know, “Here’s what you could do and here’s what the cost benefits, risks, and potential returns are of doing so.” He stands shoulder-to-shoulder as a client teammate. And based on solid judgment, decades of experience, he works to understand his client’s businesses and provides them with successful alternatives.

Michael Blake: [00:04:35] He holds a bachelor’s degree, cum laude from Wake Forest University and his law degree with distinction from Emory University. During his off hours, Scott enjoys trail running and has a love for working with his hands restoring American muscle cars and making furniture. And, you know, I’ve known and worked with Scott for a long time and he’s a hell of an attorney and hell of a business advisor. Scott, welcome to the program. Thanks so much for coming on.

Scott Harris: [00:05:03] Well, thanks very much for including me, Mike. And thanks for that largely true introduction.

Michael Blake: [00:05:11] It’s the internet, doesn’t have to all be true. The rest, we had filled in by a Russian meme farm. So-

Scott Harris: [00:05:18] Well, thank you very much anyway.

Michael Blake: [00:05:20] Yeah. So, before I get into this, I have to ask you, what is the muscle car douceur?

Scott Harris: [00:05:28] Well, I’m between muscle cars, which is a sad situation. But the last three that I had were all Chrysler products back when Chrysler was American-owned. They were two ’71 Plymouth Cudas and a ’73 Dodge Charger that I really—was owned by my daughter, who followed in my footsteps of spending a lot of time and money underneath cars, as opposed to behind the wheel of cars. So, that’s been the trajectory so far.

Michael Blake: [00:06:12] Well, good for you. I have to come out there and get a ride with whatever the next muscle car is that’s coming down the line.

Scott Harris: [00:06:19] I’ll let you know.

Michael Blake: [00:06:20] Good. So, you know, you’ve worked with a lot of technology companies. I’ll bet you, there’s not a lot that you haven’t seen yet. But let’s start off with a very basic discussion here, because we want to help our listeners work through this question. You know, why do companies even consider issuing equity at all? I mean, it’s an enormous pain the neck. There’s some risk. Why would a company even want to approach that discussion at all?

Scott Harris: [00:06:49] Well, that is the threshold question and a good place for us to start. So, imagine yourself running a company and potential employees number 1, 2 and 3 come to you as we’ve experience out here as a bit of an archetype for technology companies. They’re very qualified people. They have long resumes and you need to make yourself stand out among other people vying for their skills. Your choices are, you could pay them a lot of money or being a startup, you may be a little bit cash-strapped, you may be self funding at this point, but you still would like to engage these people and attract them and retain them.

Scott Harris: [00:07:36] You know, how else do you do that if you can’t do it with money? Well, that’s when stock and what we call synthetic stock alternatives come in for employers. And the most and easiest to understand examples of stock are, “Hey, employee number 1, love you to come to work for me. I don’t have enough money to pay you your full salary. I’ll pay you some salary and I’ll just outright grant you X in equity of my company.” And X is a percentage or it could be a number of shares, but it’s a “chunk”. That’s an outright grant.

Scott Harris: [00:08:20] And you don’t have to do this inconsistently between them, but I’m just giving other illustrations. To employee B, you might say, “Look, in lieu of giving you a chunk of stock right now, I’d like to give you stock options or equity options to buy a set number of units of equity at a given time based on certain circumstances over a period.” The most obvious examples of those or just a typical example of those would be four-year options, vesting 25 percent of the total grant of exerciseable equity units, a quarter a year on each anniversary of the grant date.

Scott Harris: [00:09:15] So, you come to work for me today, that’s the same day that I give you these options. A year from now, you can buy 25 percent of the stock at a given price. Another year from now, you buy another 25 percent, et cetera, all the way to the fourth year. And the last example I’ll give you is something called synthetic equity. We’ll make that our third example of employee. And to that employee, we tell them, “Hey, look, I’d like you to come to work for me. I can’t afford to pay you the entire salary that you should demand somebody of your qualifications, but I’d like to give you”, let’s call them, “stock appreciation rights.”.

Scott Harris: [00:09:59] We could also call them phantom stock, but we’ll just use the general description of both of those. It’s not stock. You’re not going to end up with stock in my company, but you’re going to end up with the economic benefits of having that stock like the appreciation that you would see in stock price from today’s grant until when you exercise these or in the event the company is sold, we’re going to calculate what you get as compensation as a bonus based on the sale price of equity as if you own that equity.

Scott Harris: [00:10:38] And the benefit there to the company is you don’t actually have to deal with the headaches of issuing stock in the terms upon which it is held and having shareholder and/or member agreements, but the employee has a lot of the same economic benefits as if they were a shareholder without some of the downsides including a voting stake in the company. So, there are many ways to do it. I’ve just explained three different ways to do it.

Scott Harris: [00:11:07] What are the benefits of doing that? Well, to the employer, one of the primary benefits is in lieu of paying somebody cash, you’re giving them these bonuses that are basically in the form of stock or options or synthetic equity. You save cash. That’s a major benefit particularly to startup companies. There are other incentives as well. It causes employees often to think of their contributions to companies in terms of what does this do to entity valuation.

Scott Harris: [00:11:47] Is my contribution making the company more valuable or am I just getting a paycheck at the end of the day? Sometimes, the alignment in economic incentives between employers and employees is crucial for those companies getting off the ground. And it puts everybody largely on the same side of the company benefits and may benefit to part of the ledger as opposed to the tension between, you know, management, just labor.

Scott Harris: [00:12:20] Another plus for employers in using equity and equity-like compensation is the ability to attract people you might not otherwise be able to secure. Especially in today’s environment with 3 percent unemployment, it sure helps to have equity and equity kicker attraction to people that you’re looking to hire and/or maybe, you know, hire away from other engagements. At least, in the tech and in many other industries, it’s pretty much a standard.

Scott Harris: [00:12:59] And particularly with early stage companies and initial key employees, there are very few that operate without some sort of an equity incentive. And then, of course, the last—and I wouldn’t say it’s the last, but it’s the last one I’ll cover today. The last reason companies doing this is as compared with just giving somebody a paycheck twice a month or at the end of each month, when you have that equity compensation vests over a period of time, the ability to enjoy more of that benefit vests over a longer period of time, you tend to incentivize retention of employees.

Scott Harris: [00:13:41] “I’m not going to leave this week because at the end of the year, I’ve got a 25 percent vesting of my options that I would like to be entitled to. I’m going to hang out for a little bit longer.” And then, at the end of that year, somebody might say, “You know, I’ll stay on in another year because at the end of that year, I’ve got another chunk of this equity that’s going to vest with me”, as opposed to the paycheck that you just cashed and spent on your muscle car that week. So, those are some of the incentives for the employers.

Michael Blake: [00:14:19] Now, you know, the question I’m asked a lot and I’m sure you got a lot to when you’re talking about this is a concern about giving up control. You know, you mentioned three different approaches, equity, options, and synthetic equity. What are the different implications in terms of having to share control with the people to whom you are making those grants?

Scott Harris: [00:14:48] Well, let me try to be a little bit more concise in this answer than the previous answer that I gave. The difference between equity and non-equity or synthetic equity is technically speaking, the synthetic equity, it’s more of a bonus and it does not involve the issuing of stock or rights to purchase stock or equity. It’s really just a bonus that is tracked based on equity value. That’s the yardstick for it.

Scott Harris: [00:15:22] So, when you give it out, you’re not giving up voting control and there is no voting aspect to it. On the other hand, equity grants or options, those are either just the outright giving of stock or the outright giving of a right to buy stock in a future date based on certain conditions in any given price. If you give away too much of that, you could give away voting control of the company, but I’ve hardly ever seen that happen.

Scott Harris: [00:15:52] And that’s because there are many ways to deal with the loss of control as a result of granting equity-based options to employees. One is you just make sure you don’t give out enough of it to constitute a considerable percentage of voting equity. Another option is to give away non-voting equity, non-voting stock, or membership interest if you’re in an LLC. So, it can be done both ways. But generally speaking, it’s not a concern that you’re going to be giving up control in a properly constructed equity compensation plan.

Michael Blake: [00:16:37] Now, for purposes of our discussion, because I think that’s the nature of our listener base, companies that we’re covering are privately held probably on the smaller side. So, you know, if I’m an employee, why do I find these grants attractive? You know, it’s not like I can go on my E-Trade account and sell them. In fact, even if I could do that, in many cases, the grant agreements themselves put, you know, pretty heavy restrictions on the opportunity to sell. Why do employees find these instruments attractive in lieu of cash?

Scott Harris: [00:17:22] Well, the bottom line answer is economic upside. Nobody ever, at least that I’m aware, became a billionaire at Microsoft, Google, or Facebook based on salary alone. It was mostly because of the ability to process pay and the increase in value of the entity, AKA stock or options or synthetic equity. So, it has a quality all unto itself even though at the end of the day, it’s all dollars. Equity often is a multiple potential upside, rather than just typical bonuses or compensation. They can also have different—and I will caution this by saying you shouldn’t take any tax advice in the aggregate that is not based on a specific analysis of individual facts.

Scott Harris: [00:18:25] So, I will throw that out there as a caveat to anybody running off and doing something without proper advice. But generally speaking, equity can be taxed. But the upside of equity compensation is taxed at times differently than just straight cash compensation. Sometimes, it’s subject to capital gains, taxes which are at least federally and it’s generally a lower rate than in some states as well. So, it has a tax advantage to some employees over and above the same amount of just the general cash compensation. Those are just a couple of reasons.

Michael Blake: [00:19:11] Now, I associate these kinds of grants with some sort of technology company, though that just may be the myopic world in which I live. Do you see grants of this nature in other industries the same frequency, more frequency, less frequency? And if it’s more or less than tech, why do you think—or if a tech does indeed sort of lead in this regard, why do you think that is?

Scott Harris: [00:19:41] I guess I would say that, you know, these types of compensation arrangements can exist virtually in any company, in any field. They do tend to be—you know, they become so popularized as a result of tech that I think a lot of people think that they’re perhaps more prevalent in tech than other industries. I’ve seen them across, you know, many industries. But I think they have just become a standard particularly in tech, biotech, healthcare, you know, healthcare startup industries. And we tend to associate them as maybe being more prevalent, although I don’t have statistics on it.

Scott Harris: [00:20:30] So, the question is, do they fit with your business plan and what you want to do to incentivize your employees regardless of what company you’re in? I have clients in distribution businesses that have employee equity participation, got a lot of clients obviously in the tech and biotech sectors that do this almost all the time, invariably. But I can’t say that it is—I don’t have any specifics, although I would think that it is a practice that has become so standard in the tech industry and it had more of an effect on other industries as a result of that. I don’t have the numbers to back it up.

Michael Blake: [00:21:24] Okay. So, is there a relationship between companies issuing some form of equity to their employees and their later on capacity to raise money? For example, I’ve actually heard some time in some cases, there’s some VCs that require an option pull to be put in place that they just don’t believe they’ll ever be able to retain talent. Maybe there are instances where VCs don’t like a lot of options out there because they don’t want to have a big shareholder base. Do you think there’s a connection between sort of the capacity or attractiveness as a company to raise money and their activity or their propensity to issue equity in this regard?

Scott Harris: [00:22:16] I do. And I think it’s a direct and positive correlation, meaning that for the most part in my experience for my clients that I’ve dealt with and have had an exit in terms of a purchase by another entity, as you know, they’ve sold out, so to speak, in one form or another, either partially or wholly, I think acquirers like to retain the attributes of the business that have caused it to be successful in the past. One of the largest contributors of which is the employees. They tend to see equity compensation as the glue that holds a lot of, you know, talented people together and tends to make them loyal to giving it a single given entity.

Scott Harris: [00:23:04] So, I think it’s an attraction for a lot of companies that are acquired especially, you know, through venture funds. And of course, you see that because a lot of those funds give an incentive to employees that has previously held options in the company to either roll those existing options into the acquired company and/or to also be participants in stock plans with the employees in the acquired firm. So, it’s good as a retention pool and targets for acquirer owners and so much so that they use them themselves often once they’ve acquired those entities.

Michael Blake: [00:23:55] So, have you found that one format or another seems to be more popular with employees? And to remind, we’re talking about the choices between direct equity, synthetic, and options. Does one seem to be more popular than the others?

Scott Harris: [00:24:17] I think options are more prevalent and they have some attractions to employees. Employees tend to like to think they have some sort of voting control, if it is options for voting equity. It’s generally not enough to sway control one way or the other. Sometimes, they like it, but you can have options in both voting and unvoting shares. But I would say the advantage that options have is if done a certain way, they’re not taxable at the time of grant.

Scott Harris: [00:24:59] And imagine if you’re an employee not getting what you think you should be—the market might bear if you were just getting paid in cash alone, the last thing you want to do is get an option award and have to come out of pocket cash to pay the taxes on it when you’re really not getting that cash in this compensation anyway. It provides a cash flow pitch for the employee. So, options and some synthetic equity as well can provide upon grant a non-taxable event to the employee. They don’t have to come out of pocket money. And they can time when they exercise their option and when there might be a subsequent taxable event.

Scott Harris: [00:25:47] So, a grant of stock on the other hand while nice, they’re a little bit less prevalent. It’s nice to get a chunk of stock. The difficulty for the employee is that’s going to trigger a taxable event to them if the stock has value at the time it’s granted, which we would hope it does. And again, sometimes, that means—well, in all instances, that generally means that that’s going to come with a tax bill. That tends to be a disincentive for a lot of employees as I’ve seen it. Hence, the preference for options or synthetic equity that doesn’t have that tax bill that comes with receiving the grant before you’ve actually exercised everything.

Michael Blake: [00:26:37] Yeah, direct equity grant reminds me of the scenario in which somebody wins a car on a game show, right? You’re not really winning a car, you’re winning a discount to buy the car from the US government basically depending on what your tax rate is.

Scott Harris: [00:26:55] Exactly the same situation here. It’s the white elephant that you won but now, you have to pay taxes on.

Michael Blake: [00:27:03] Right. So, let’s say now that somebody is listening to this program and they’re thinking, “Okay. Well, I understand at a high level, you know, why it’s desirable to sort of spread some of the equity around and, you know, maybe we’ll do it in one format or another.” What do the administrative steps at a high level look like in order to actually execute an equity or equity-like instrument grant?

Scott Harris: [00:27:31] Okay. Well, they’re very similar for stock grants and options. Generally speaking, the company adopts an option plan or a grant plan. Then secondly, they issue individual option grants to individual employees, like employee A, B, and C in our previous example. And that allows those people the right to purchase a given number of units at a set price at a time in the future under certain conditions. And then, once those conditions are met, there’s an eligibility of vesting, so to speak, of ability to purchase those options.

Scott Harris: [00:28:20] And then, they may or may not be purchased, you know, at that time or later. But that’s kind of the way that the equity side of it works. The synthetic equity side of it, very similar. The company adopts a plan. It issues individual grants. They wait for the conditions for those grant’s exercise to occur. And then, the employee is entitled to a bonus typically without the need to pay for purchasing stock or equity, they’re entitled to that bonus payout when those conditions are met.

Michael Blake: [00:29:05] So, you know, another question that I see come up a lot is, in particular, if I was in issuing options or some sort of synthetic instrument, does that mean that my company has to have a certain corporate form, whether it’s a C corp, S corp, LLC, something else? You know, does that drive even whether it’s possible or does it change the mechanics of how such instruments might be issued?

Scott Harris: [00:29:36] No, it really doesn’t. We can make—the basic three flavors of entities that you see these days, especially small entities, when they’re starting out are corporations, whether they’re taxed as corporations or whether they’re taxed as partnerships. We separate those into the categories of C corps, taxed as corporations or sub-chapter S corporations that are more taxed like partnerships. And then, the other one is limited liability companies, LLCs. And long story short is both equity and synthetic equity grants can be done the same in each entity regardless of which one a company has at that time.

Michael Blake: [00:30:34] Okay.

Scott Harris: [00:30:34] So, the good news is we’re company form-agnostic.

Michael Blake: [00:30:40] So, certainly, Silicon Valley will appreciate that. So, I’m going to bring back a term that we don’t hear as much anymore interestingly of late, at least, I don’t, maybe you do, which is options backdating. And what is exactly options backdating and is it a bad thing? And if so, why?

Scott Harris: [00:31:04] Well, first of all, let’s get a little bit of background on what we’re talking about, so we can consider this question with a little bit more understanding of how it comes about. As I said before, an option grant is the ability to purchase equity at a later date at a specified price. Generally speaking, in order for those options not to be taxable to the employee at the time they’re granted, the specified purchase price has to be equal to or greater than the prevailing price of the same equity at the time of the option grant.

Scott Harris: [00:31:48] Now, let’s unpack that. That’s a whole lot of terms. Let’s look at it this way, if I grant you the right to buy for $50 a unit of equity that is on the day that I grant you that right worth $100, it’s really like me handing you a lot in 50-dollar per equity benefit. And that’s generally compensation to the employee and granting those types of options can also have tax consequences to the employer.

Scott Harris: [00:32:23] So, let’s talk about backdating an option. So, same situation, but I’m going to grant you this option to buy equities for $50. Today, let’s say the stock is worth $100. But six months ago, the stock was worth $50. If I backdate this option to you and date it six months ago and give you the right to buy stock that at that time of the backdated grant is worth $50 or $50, those tax situations that we talked about both for their employer and the employee do not exist in theory.

Scott Harris: [00:33:12] And therefore, the grants can be issued to you without those tax consequences. Well, that’s mostly true except for the parts that the backdating brings up other issues. And while backdating options is not, per se, illegal, it can be very problematic and it can bring taxes and other legal considerations and complications to this situation when it’s done. So, is it good? Is it bad? Well, people have different opinions on that.

Scott Harris: [00:33:48] Obviously, the executives receiving grants kind of like having that locked-in benefit to effectively have the right to buy something that is more valuable today for a price at a time when it was less valuable. The flip side of that is other shareholders say, “Hey, that’s kind of like taking money away from us”, the other shareholder, by giving somebody else the right to buy what today is more valuable. So, opinions vary. If it’s done, it needs to be done very carefully or it can raise a whole host of problems that you wouldn’t want to have.

Michael Blake: [00:34:27] Now, a term you and I both hear a lot and it’s a term that nobody likes, except for maybe some people like me, is the notion of what’s called a 409A valuation. And so, can you explain to my listeners what 409A kind of is and means in the context of a stock option or potentially, even a stock appreciation rights grant?

Scott Harris: [00:34:57] Well, I’m not sure I can, but I’ll do my best. It’s a very complicated concept. You need to figure out what it means to each individual based on the particulars of that person’s situation. But let’s try the 40,000 flip view. Section 409A is the section of the Internal Revenue Code that covers non-qualified deferred comp arrangements. So, those would be both options and synthetic equity or stock appreciation rights as an example, okay?

Scott Harris: [00:35:32] You either have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan under 409A that complies with 409A or it doesn’t comply. If it complies with 409A, you can avoid a lot of unfavorable tax consequences. If you don’t comply with 409A, you can be hit with a lot of punitive taxes that are really intended to be a disincentive to not qualify. So, what does it take to qualify or not qualify, generally speaking?

Scott Harris: [00:36:13] Well, one of these has to do with one of the factors that we talked about before, which was whether or not, whatever the exercise price is equal to or higher than the value of the equity on the date of grant. So, in other words, is there that locked-in gain or is there no locked-in gains? And therefore, no incentive to exercise the options on the day of grant even if you could. So, in situations where somebody issues their stock, their options, or their synthetic equity grant not in compliance with 409A as we talked about before, there could be a pretty considerable tax burden given to the company. So, you know, sure, the company-

Michael Blake: [00:37:17] And it’s the recipient too.

Scott Harris: [00:37:20] Well, into the recipient as well. That’s right. It’s a double whammy, it hits on both sides. So, the question, you know, may be, well, should we still issue these in spite of those disincentives? And all I can say is it’s the question that you need to deal with specifically under the conditions of your situation and those of the grantee, the party, the employee holding the option right because you wouldn’t want to step in anything. It could be expensive.

Michael Blake: [00:37:57] So, let’s say we’ve gone through the process of setting these things up administratively, we’ve got the tax aspect handled, we’re working with a good CPA firm and good law firm to get this thing handled. You know, what happens if an employee in spite of my best efforts to keep them and I’ve given them precious shares and options, you know, has the temerity to leave the company? What happens then, typically?

Scott Harris: [00:38:25] Well, again, it depends on the terms of their grants or their options or their synthetic equity. Some require that those be redeemed or exercised, the ones that are vested at the time of termination. Some give a period of time after termination for them to be exercised. Some would cause those rights to go away. So, it just depends on how the rights are constructed.

Michael Blake: [00:39:04] So the key there, I think the key takeaway is, you know, think of this problem at the start, don’t think of it when it actually happens because at the outset, you can and should kind of dictate what the outcome is if an employee leaves. In other words, there should really be no uncertainty if those agreements are drawn up and structured correctly.

Scott Harris: [00:39:29] Yes. And that’s why one of the first things that is done in constructing these plans is to draft and adopt the plan at the corporate level. And then, all of the awards granted under that plan or subject to it. And then, one of the terms that’s typical in those plans is what happens upon termination and the ability to exercise and whether those rights go away or not. Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:39:56] And it is at least 10 times harder and more expensive to change things afterwards than it is to do it the way you need it to be done at the outset, right?

Scott Harris: [00:40:07] You don’t even want to go there.

Michael Blake: [00:40:09] Right. You don’t even want to go there. Right. Exactly.

Scott Harris: [00:40:11] Yeah. Have a plan and follow your plan.

Michael Blake: [00:40:12] The only people benefit from that is you and me.

Scott Harris: [00:40:16] Well, as I say, have a plan and follow your plan.

Michael Blake: [00:40:21] There you go. So, you touched upon this before but I don’t think we gave a name to it. It’s an important concept that I think we make sure that the listener understands. And that is, you know, what is vesting and why is the notion of vesting typically part of the equity grant equation?

Scott Harris: [00:40:43] Retention is the one-word answer. The example of that was like the example I gave earlier, where somebody had one quarter of their entire grant able to be exercised at the end of each one year anniversary of their grant date, which may be their initial employee, the date or may be a different date. That gives me as an employee the incentive to keep chasing after that carrot to stay employed, to stay eligible to exercise those grants in the chunks that become vested, as opposed to just leaving the company, which typically terminates the ability for having any options to grant. So, it’s the carrot on the end of the ever extending stick. I get the first bite. After a year, maybe the second bite. After two years, three, and four or whatever the term of the vesting is.

Michael Blake: [00:41:51] Now, in my experience, typically—maybe typically is not the right word. But in my experience, much more often than not, the agreements that govern these equity grants have a provision that says something to the effect that if the employee leaves the company that, you know, they’ll either forfeit what they’ve got or they’ve got a sell back to the company in a fairly punitive rate. And in some cases, I think there’s a good term basis, if we fire you for cause, you do something, you know, really ass-headed, you get yourself put in jail or do something that’s going to hurt the company, right, then you might just forfeit them outright. Do you see things that are similar in your world as well?

Scott Harris: [00:42:38] Yes. Usually, the purpose of equity and equity-related compensation is to incentivize the behavior that you wanted in an employee that is valuable to the company. In the same respect, you’d like to disincentivize behavior that is harmful. One of the best ways to do that is to deal with the repurchase of either stock that’s already been bought as a result of the exercise of options or in the alternative, to terminate those options and the ability to participate and to exercise that behavior is not what the company wants to incentivize. So, yes.

Michael Blake: [00:43:26] Okay.

Scott Harris: [00:43:27] We see those and we see differences in prices depending on how parties might separate at the end of an employment term.

Michael Blake: [00:43:36] All right. We are getting close to our time limit and I know you’ve still got an afternoon of stuff you’ve got to do as we’re wrapping up here on the East Coast. But one of the last questions I have is what happens to these grants when the company is sold?

Scott Harris: [00:43:54] Okay. Well, we touched on this before.

Michael Blake: [00:43:57] Yeah.

Scott Harris: [00:44:00] And the answer is it depends on the plan. But typically speaking, one aspect of option grants vesting is pretty interesting and let’s cover that. Imagine the situation where, you know, you’re a four-year employee and you’re, you know, two years into your employment and in your vesting of your option, and they turn around and they sell the company. Well, generally speaking, absent any other provisions in the plan, you only got half of the stock that you were hoping to get and they sold a little “too early” for you to maximize your benefit.

Scott Harris: [00:44:44] And, you know, that may always weigh on you if you’re an employee when you’re worried about the company being sold. The way to alleviate that concern and something that many companies do is allow accelerated vesting of options in the event of certain dispositions of the company “selling out”. And the reason they do that obviously is to align the interests of the employee no matter where they are in their vesting schedule with the control group of shareholders. I get paid, you get paid, and you don’t have to continue to serve out your employment term.

Scott Harris: [00:45:31] Now, there could be exceptions to that. Some people that acquire companies would like options rolled in. They don’t want them to necessarily accelerate and allow an employee to, you know, cash out and walk away, and start, you know, buying their next yacht, and they want them to stick around. But generally speaking, the disposition of a company accelerates vesting so that an employee gets treated the same way with their full grants and ability to exercise those at the same time the company is part and essentially, participate in a shareholder in that disposition event just like the rest of the shareholders do.

Michael Blake: [00:46:15] All right. So, we’re running out the clock here. We’ve covered a lot of ground. There’s so much more to cover. We can’t do it justice, the scope of a 45-minute program. Maybe a 45-credit hour program, we could. But I think that this is going to give the listeners a pretty good idea at least of how to frame this discussion. If somebody would like to reach out to you to talk about this more, maybe they’re thinking about doing this with their own company and would like your help, what’s the best way for them to contact you?

Scott Harris: [00:46:49] Probably, the best way to contact me is email. My email address is sharris, no punctuation between that, spaces, underscores, dashes, anything, just sharris, all smooshed together, H-A-double R-I-S, @fh2, the letter F like Frank, the letter H like Harry, then Arabic number 2, looks like FH-squared, .com.

Michael Blake: [00:47:14] I love that domain name, by the way. I mean, I don’t think I know anybody else with a three-character domain name. That’s awesome. I got to hear the story of how you did that at some point. But, Scott, thank you so much for doing this. And, you know, I learned something and I know our listeners did too. It’s a very complex issue, but at least, this will give people a head start. That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Scott Harris again so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today.

Michael Blake: [00:47:46] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcasts aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, Employee incentives, employee options, employee ownership, Friend Hudak Harris, issuing equity to employees, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, Scott Harris, stock grant, synthetic stock

Decision Vision Episode 41: Should I Sell My Company to an ESOP? – An Interview with Andre Schnabl, Tenor Capital Partners

November 21, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 41: Should I Sell My Company to an ESOP? - An Interview with Andre Schnabl, Tenor Capital Partners
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

should I sell my company to an esop
Mike Blake and Andre Schnabl

Decision Vision Episode 41: Should I Sell My Company to an ESOP? – An Interview with Andre Schnabl, Tenor Capital Partners

Is selling my business to employees through an ESOP advisable? What kind of businesses are the best candidates to sell to an ESOP? In this edition of “Decision Vision,” host Mike Blake discusses this question with Andre Schnabl, Tenor Capital Partners. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Andre Schnabl, Tenor Capital Partners

Andre Schnabl

Tenor Capital Partners is financial advisory firm focused exclusively on the design and installation of Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs). These transactions use employee ownership as a platform for business owners to realize the value of their businesses through the sale to an ESOP.

Andre Schnabl is a managing partner of TCP and leads the firm’s debt placement practice. Prior to joining TCP, Andre retired as Managing Partner of the Atlanta office of Grant Thornton LLP in 2012. Prior to his retirement he held a variety of positions within the firm in the firm’s offices in Zimbabwe, Montreal, Canada and Atlanta. During his career, he has consulted with mid market companies on a variety of matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financings including public offerings. Since joining Tenor in 2013, Andre has been advising companies and shareholders in business succession using ESOP’s, including shareholder advocacy, structuring and leading the financing raises. Andre has a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry and Geology from the University of London and is a CPA. He serves on a number of corporate and not-for-profit boards.

For more information, visit the Tenor Capital Partners website or call Andre directly at 404-372-2759.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, a clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic, rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different. We talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision. My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton, Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today.

Michael Blake: [00:00:53] Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well. Our topic today is, should I consider an ESOP? An ESOP is an acronym for employee stock ownership program. And, you know, this is a topic that sort of comes and goes. You kind of see waves of ESOP’s popularity in the marketplace. And I don’t frankly know for it a crust or a nadir of waves right now.

Michael Blake: [00:01:31] But what I do know is that ESOPs are interesting. They are complicated. They can be accompanied by some risk, but I also am convinced, in certain circumstances, they are, flat out, the best way for an owner to exit their business. There are tax advantages to doing so. In some cases, the ESOP is in a position to pay more for a business than any other buyer. And also, there are business owners out there who have an interest in giving their employees an opportunity to share in the wealth that the business has created will generate.

Michael Blake: [00:02:18] And that may be in the ongoing role of the owner or even after the owner sort of drops off the keys and retires some place to Costa Rica. And, you know, I don’t know if this is still true, there’s not tricks have emerged since, but for a long time, I think the largest ESOP in United States was United Airlines. And for a long time, they are an employee-owned company, merged I think with Continental. I can’t keep track now. They’re just all, in the United States, making airlines anyway.

Michael Blake: [00:02:55] But, you know, it’s probably a topic that at least some of you have had arise either as a business owner or an advisory capacity. And once you start getting into regulations, the mechanics, it can be dizzying. And I am far from being an expert on this, as I am with just about every topic that we bring on the program, which is why we do the program. And so, instead of my trying to fumble my way through it, I have brought on my friend and colleague, Andre Schnabl, who is a principal and managing partner of Tenor Capital Partners, a financial advisory firm that is focused exclusively on the design installation of employee stock ownership plans.

Michael Blake: [00:03:38] Prior to joining TCP, Andre retired as managing partner of the Atlanta office of Grant Thornton in 2012. And we’ve known each other long before then. We were sort of friendly quasi-competitors. Prior to his retirement, he held a variety of positions within the firm and the firm’s offices in Zimbabwe, Montreal, Canada, and Atlanta. During his career, he has consulted with mid-market companies in a variety of matters including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financings, including public offerings.

Michael Blake: [00:04:10] Since joining Tenor in 2013, again, a very busy retired guy, Andre had been advising companies and shareholders in business succession using ESOPs, including shareholder advocacy, structuring, and even the financing raises. Andre is a bachelor of science in chemistry and geology from the University of London and is a CPA. I did not know that you’re a scientist. He serves on a number of corporate and not for profit boards. He has the passionate belief that the advancement of women into leadership positions is not only the right thing to do, but also a business paradigm. I strongly agree with that.

Michael Blake: [00:04:44] He partnered with Women in Technology to help create the Women of the Year Technology Awards that began 17 years ago. For those of you who are not in Atlanta, that is a big deal. I think it is one of the two or three most important awards ceremonies on the Atlanta tech sector calendar. And I did not know that you helped start that, so good for you. And thank you for doing that. Andre continues his unwavering support for diversity and has been a frequent guest speaker for corporations and associations on the critical importance of diversity within leadership ranks. Women in Technology recognized Andre’s contributions in this regard with their legacy award. Andre, thanks for coming on the program.

Andre Schnabl: [00:05:22] Thank you, Mike.

Michael Blake: [00:05:24] So, let’s start with very basic—this first question I ask in almost every interview, it’s probably the most important interview for which I’m asking this question so we can set the vocabulary. What is an ESOP?

Andre Schnabl: [00:05:37] The acronym literally means employee stock ownership plan. I would like to say that the acronym unfortunately connotes a number of different things for different people. And to some extent, maybe it’s the press that it’s received has been unfortunate. What an ESOP essentially does, it creates a platform for employee ownership. So, this is a mechanism by which a shareholder, a founder, somebody who basically has built a business, it’s time for them to consider a variety of options on how to exit. They can either take it public. They can sell to a competitor. They can sell to a supplier and/or other strategic buyer or they can sell to a financial buyer, such as private equity. They seldom think about this other potential exit strategy, which is selling to an ESOP. And therein I guess is the basis of this conversation.

Michael Blake: [00:06:44] I’m glad you brought that up because in my line of work dealing with many companies, I hear people use the term ESOP in connection with stock options, right? And they’re calling it employee stock option program. And it’s descriptive but factually incorrect, right? So, it’s important because those two things are about as different. In fact, later today, we’re recording a podcast on stock option programs, but that’s not what we’re talking today. So, we’re selling to an ESOP. When we say selling to an ESOP, I mean, what exactly is ESOP? I mean, we talked about, you said that it is a vehicle for employees to own a company or a portion of a company. Can you expand upon that in terms of what the mechanics of an ESOP actually are?

Andre Schnabl: [00:07:34] Yes. Basically, what happens is one creates a trust, an employee stock ownership trust, and you sell all of the shares of the business from the selling shareholders or a portion of the shares to that trust. Can be anything from 1 percent to 100 percent into the trust for the benefit of all of the employees. And so, over time, the trust releases those shares into employee accounts. A little bit like a company’s match on a 401(k) plan. And by releasing those shares into employee accounts, over the years, those employees enjoy the benefit of the equity appreciation of the company.

Andre Schnabl: [00:08:27] And on their retirement, they can essentially sell back those shares at fair market value and have created value for themselves. And on the sell side, here is a way for selling shareholders to sell their shares at full value. They’re not leaving anything on the table or be it that they are doing something wonderful for their employees, they’re going to get full value. And they get paid out over time and the employees ultimately get ownership over time.

Michael Blake: [00:08:59] And the thing that strikes me over the head about an ESOP, one of the things that makes it so unique, is the fact that, in effect, you create your own buyer, when you think about it, right? And that just struck me. When you say you create a trust, you are, in effect, creating a vehicle that is going to be the buyer of your own company.

Andre Schnabl: [00:09:23] That is-

Michael Blake: [00:09:23] I cannot think of any other scenario in which that exists.

Andre Schnabl: [00:09:26] Well, you’re absolutely right. And let’s just think about this. I cannot tell you how many times we get a knock on the door and get brought into a potential ESOP opportunity because the potential selling shareholders have been let down or disappointed or left at the altar by a third-party buyer. There is enormous transactional risk when you start talking to a third party about buying your company. You have risk about whether it’ll ever close. You have risk that the original promise of price is actually met. You have a lot of warranties and reps and escrow.

Michael Blake: [00:10:12] In fact, the price probably won’t be met.

Andre Schnabl: [00:10:14] I was-

Michael Blake: [00:10:14] If we’re really honest about it, chances are that LOI price ain’t going to get paid.

Andre Schnabl: [00:10:18] That is exactly correct. In a case where you’ve created your own buyer, nothing in the business from an operational standpoint changes, whatsoever. So, employees don’t get unsettled that anything negative is to happen and you know the deal terms before you pull the trigger. So, there is no transaction risk. There’s no integration risk. It’s not as if a third party now has to integrate the buy, the business that they’ve just bought into their own business. And as a result, the trustee is prepared to pay total and full value in spite of the fact that the employees get a wonderful benefit over time.

Michael Blake: [00:11:02] And, you know, that last part, I don’t know how relevant it is to the podcast but it does bear highlighting. And that one of the greatest gifts that you can give I think anybody is a functioning operating viable business, right? And I say that I do a lot of work with succession planning and I strongly encourage people, whatever they can, if they have a business that they can keep it in the family to do so and maybe that’ll be a—and we’ve had a topic on succession planning.

Michael Blake: [00:11:38] But anyway, you know, giving that same thing to employees, especially in a time where retirement is very uncertain, right? Depending on your ideology, you may or may not think that Social Security and Medicaid/Medicare are going to be out there in 30 years. I’m not going to go down that rabbit hole. But one thing we do know for certain is that most of us are going to live longer than we ever thought we would, right? And one of the best hedges against that is ownership of a viable going concern.

Andre Schnabl: [00:12:14] Absolutely correct. And in addition to having ownership in a viable concern, there is significant empirical research that supports the fact that employee ownership, as opposed to selling to a third party and in particular, selling to private equity, will in fact create a business that outperforms a business owned by private equity. Productivity, employment, wage rates all move in the wrong direction when purchased by private equity. And I don’t want to be disparaging about private equity. There is a wonderful place in our macroeconomic equation-

Michael Blake: [00:13:02] Sure.

Andre Schnabl: [00:13:02] … for private equity and capital formation. But one of the negatives is that private equity, in order to enhance returns, do things, sometimes, that are very much negative for the performance of that business and the experience of employees.

Michael Blake: [00:13:20] You know, it brings up an interesting point. I’m going to take a little sidebar here. One of the things I’ve been studying a lot is business holding periods and one of the things I’m learning is that basically, the longer you hold on to a business, the better it performs. In fact, there’s data suggest that at a 20-year threshold, the average stock has less risk than the typical bond over the same period. And that’s St. Louis Fed data. And the thing that has struck me about private equity, and this is where this is relevant to the ESOP, is that private equity has a structural problem and that it has a countdown, right? Private equity must sell in some period of time. Very few private equity funds have more than a 10-year vintage.

Michael Blake: [00:14:12] You’re starting to see some 20-year, but those are very much kind of unicorns, which means that depending at what point in the firms, the PE fund’s life cycle the company’s been bought, the holding period may be somewhere between three to seven years. And that creates distortions, as opposed to an ESOP, which is definitionally a long-term owner, a buy and hold structure. If you accept my premise that the time horizon is meaningful to the business outcome, by definition then, the ESOP is structured to build that better outcome not because they’re better, smarter, more noble better motivated, but simply because they have more time.

Andre Schnabl: [00:14:57] Well, I wonder if I could provide a specific data point-.

Michael Blake: [00:15:02] Please.

Andre Schnabl: [00:15:02] … that takes that broad conceptual observation and brings it down to earth. We happen to be in a bank building. I have done about 10 transactions with this bank. This bank has provided the senior debt on a leveraged ESOP transaction. I don’t know the total number of millions of dollars that those 10 transactions aggregate. But the lead ESOP lender for this bank gave me an interesting statistic a few months ago. If you can consider 10 borrowers because essentially, these 10 companies that shareholders sold their stock to a trust, the company borrowed money to pay off the selling shareholders.

Andre Schnabl: [00:16:00] And so, we’ve got 10 companies who are 10 borrowers of this very bank. Of those 10 loans, each quarter, the bank measures covenants. And so, they are acutely tuned into the performance of these 10 companies. One of these borrowers had a covenant breach in one quarter. And so, over the six years that I have been doing this with this particular bank, those ten companies, they have ten performing loans and they are performing not only in accordance with the prescribed documents, but in fact, in every case, they’ve accelerated the delivering process because of this structure that an ESOP provides.

Michael Blake: [00:16:48] So, ESOP sounds great. Why is not every company an ESOP? Should every company be an ESOP?

Andre Schnabl: [00:16:58] No. I think that we design each transaction based on the priorities and strategic objectives of the selling shareholders. And not every company is either performing at the level that one needs in order to accomplish those objectives or the balance sheet of the company may not be strong enough to support the structure that we design. The growth rates may not be appropriate. There may be a number of reasons that a particular business is either not ready or not suited to this particular exit strategy. So, I’m not saying that there are an enormous number of hurdles to jump over in order to be eligible, but there are companies that are far more suitable for this transaction than others. But what I can tell you, for those that do fit nicely into this model, there is nothing that comes close to competing with it.

Michael Blake: [00:18:06] So, let’s dig into that because I think that’s really kind of the main course of this interview. Profile for me the characteristics of a great ESOP candidate, please.

Andre Schnabl: [00:18:20] A great ESOP candidate is a business that employs at least 20, 25 employees, these are general guidelines, is profitable, has been around for several years, so that they are an attractive borrower to a bank. And finally, the value of the business tracks with the business’s ability to throw off cash. In other words, if we have a business that is worth $100 million but isn’t profitable or is worth $100 million and throws off $1 or $2 million dollars in cash, it’s probably not the best candidate for an ESOP. So, we are looking for businesses where the enterprise value of the business is tied very closely to the cash that it throws off.

Andre Schnabl: [00:19:21] Generally, in this market, valuation somewhere between five and 10 times EBITDA, those are the kinds of businesses that really fit very, very well into this ESOP model. I’ll give you an example of something that doesn’t fit. If you’ve got a software company that has built an enormous amount of intellectual property that it hasn’t yet monetized. In other words, it’s early in its market cycle. I don’t think that’s a good ESOP candidate. A business that is a multi-generational manufacturer of widgets that has been profitable, that has got a very strong balance sheet, a perfect example of a wonderful candidate for an ESOP exit.

Michael Blake: [00:20:10] And so, you touched on valuation, which, of course, is a topic near and dear to my heart. And I want to explore that just a little bit with you because what you’re highlighting that I think is very important here is that not all values are alike. And your example I think is very apt. For example, that software company, if I were to perform an appraisal, may very well exhibit a value of say $20 million, right? But the thing may very well be pre-revenue, certainly pre-profit. And the value of that company is derived primarily from a strategic fit for a, you know, potential strategic buyer.

Michael Blake: [00:20:54] Basically, Google, Microsoft, Oracle, Facebook decides that they just sort of have to have it. And there’s nothing wrong with that value but the thesis of that value is inconsistent with the thesis of the ESOP because in effect, that market-based value, this gets in so many interesting questions, I got to keep my mind on topic, that thesis of value is sort of the flipper value, right, as opposed to an ESOP where a cash-driven value implies, again, a buy and hold strategy. And it must be able to support and sustain a buy and hold investment and ownership thesis.

Andre Schnabl: [00:21:33] And that is all correct. There are two elements within it, most ESOP structures and ESOP design transactions. The one is that the selling shareholders get paid over time, but they want a down payment. That down payment generally represents somewhere between 30 and 50 percent of the entire value of the business. And where does that money come from? It comes from a lender. The lender may sell to a software company pre-revenue, but it’s unlikely to. They would love to lend to a business that is cash flowing.

Andre Schnabl: [00:22:17] And so, with the added tax benefits, banks love to lend to ESOPs and that money goes into the pockets of the selling shareholders. And then, the remainder of the selling price will come from the profitability of the business going forward so that the selling shareholders are paid out in total over, let’s say, a five to seven-year period. There are a number of bells and whistles that we haven’t touched upon here that make the transaction even more attractive to the selling shareholder than them getting full and fair value over a multi-year payout.

Michael Blake: [00:22:58] And I want to touch upon that. But before I forget, I want to clarify or bring one issue into the characteristics of an ESOP to your attention or for your comment really. And that is that although the ideal candidate, as you said and I agree with this, certainly that, you know, multigenerational manufacturing company, lots of fixed assets is an ideal candidate, you don’t necessarily have to be that to be a viable ESOP.

Michael Blake: [00:23:25] For example, there is a stereotype that architecture and engineering firms seem to make very good ESOP candidates. And they’re unlikely to—they don’t manufacture things, they’re a professional services firm. But for whatever reason, they seem to find ESOPs as, there seems to be a match there with ESOPs. A, is that true? And B, why do you suppose that is? And then, C, if you can remember all these questions, is can that be applied to other services firms, maybe even accounting firms?

Andre Schnabl: [00:23:56] First of all, it is true. Secondly, the reason is why are ESOPs attractive to professional services? Professional service firm’s primary driver of growth, in addition to market conditions, is the attraction and retention of talent. And ESOP provides a unique opportunity for a future employee to look at two offers and say in one situation, “I’m simply going to get a paycheck”, in the other situation, “I’m going to get the same paycheck plus ownership over time”, which is more attractive.

Andre Schnabl: [00:24:41] And so, ESOP-owned professional service firms have got competitive advantage in attracting and retaining talent, which is the lifeblood of professional services. Now, in terms of what kinds of professional service firms work, in our firm, Tenor Capital, we’ve done architects and engineers, we’ve done general construction, we’ve done intermediaries, and consultants, marketing consultants, for example. And as you may recall, we’ve done one for your firm.

Michael Blake: [00:25:19] Yeah.

Andre Schnabl: [00:25:19] And they were a professional services firm themselves. Whether this would work for an accounting firm or for a law firm for that matter, the answer is yes. But there’s certain regulatory hurdles that one has to consider when you consider a law firm or an accounting firm. Because the regulators of those professions generally require that the shareholder or a principal in an accounting firm is an accountant. In an ESOP, everybody, including support staff, including the person at the front desk who answers the phone will be a shareholder and one has to navigate the regulatory environment, which one certainly can do before one can actually execute an effective transaction for professional services.

Michael Blake: [00:26:18] Now, why are banks interested in lending to such ESOPs? Because the fixed assets are not going to be there, right? The traditional collateral, as we would think about it, is not there. How do banks get comfortable with that?

Andre Schnabl: [00:26:35] Well, the fixed assets are not there in professional services.

Michael Blake: [00:26:39] Right.

Andre Schnabl: [00:26:40] The fixed assets are certainly there for other kinds of ESOP transactions. Banks become comfortable because they lend on collateral, yes, but they also lend on cash flows. And an ESOP transaction, the cash flows are actually enhanced when the owner of a company is an ESOP compared to a traditional individual like you and me. Most smaller businesses in the United States are S corporations.

Andre Schnabl: [00:27:19] And that means that the company itself is not a tax-paying entity, but the shareholders that own the business are. In order for those shareholders to pay their tax liability each year, to make a distribution of cash to those shareholders. Well, if instead of those shareholders, you replace those shareholders with a tax-exempt trust, which is what an employee stock ownership trust is, then overnight, you are no longer required to make tax distributions to your shareholder because your shareholder has no tax liability.

Andre Schnabl: [00:27:58] So, all of a sudden, 100 cents on the dollar that you make, you keep and can be used to pay off the bank as opposed to only 60 cents on the dollar or 70 cents on the dollar. So, you have immediately enhanced the borrowing power of a company, which is obviously very attractive to a lender. And that is why they look at these things and enjoy the possibility of lending to an ESOP, even if it is a professional service firm that doesn’t have hard collateral.

Michael Blake: [00:28:33] Okay. So, let’s say by now, we’ve convinced some of our listeners that an ESOP is a viable vehicle. What’s involved in setting one of these programs up?

Andre Schnabl: [00:28:47] Well, we’ve talked about the formation of a buyer, which is the trust itself.

Michael Blake: [00:28:52] Right.

Andre Schnabl: [00:28:53] And one needs to obtain a trustee. Now, the company itself could nominate an executive to be a trustee. It’s not something that I would recommend, but it can be done. So, let’s assume that you follow my recommendation and get an independent trustee. So, you need a trust and you need an independent trustee. And on an ongoing basis, you need a third-party administrator, who is the person that does a lot of the day to day mechanics, so that an employee, when they want to see how many shares they have in their account, they need an annual statement.

Andre Schnabl: [00:29:38] That annual statement is produced by a third-party administrator. So, those individuals have to be put in place. And there is an annual cost associated with those individuals. The cost is very manageable. And I will say that quite frankly, this is more a misconception than reality that this is a complicated affair to set in place. There is certain costs for a small business, let’s say, worth $25 million and less, the average annual cost is somewhere around $50,000 for all of these activities combined.

Michael Blake: [00:30:25] So, pretty reasonable, right? That’s-

Andre Schnabl: [00:30:27] Pretty reasonable.

Michael Blake: [00:30:28] … a junior employee, basically. And one other feature that I want to bring up, a tip also is that an ESOP, when it’s formed, is typically accompanied by some form of third-party appraisal, right, which is, in effect, a fairness opinion. And the role of that exercise is basically, in effect, to prove to the bank that the asset they’re buying is worth what they’re lending against, I think. And second, I think it also has something to do with communicating to the shareholders now what it is they’re actually receiving, then there’s an ongoing need for that as well. Can you talk a little bit more about that?

Andre Schnabl: [00:31:08] Yes. I apologize that I didn’t bring up the valuation firm at the outset as to their annual running costs. But you’re absolutely right. The trustee that is essentially representing the trust as the buyer, from a legal standpoint, cannot pay more than fair value for the shares. And so, they get a valuation firm to give them a valuation to ensure that they don’t overpay for the business. On an annual basis, that valuation is updated so that the employees know the value of the number of shares that they hold in their account. So that when they retire, they know the value that they’re going to get for those shares, so that they can then take that cash and use it to put bread on the table. So, yes, a valuation is required for the transaction itself, the sale. And it is required on an annual basis to maintain, essentially, the efficacy of the plan.

Michael Blake: [00:32:13] And that valuation on an ongoing basis will also serve as the basis for setting the price at which shares will be repurchased or, in fact, redeemed, correct?

Andre Schnabl: [00:32:24] That is correct. Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:32:25] So, you know, it’s a big deal in my experience that the valuation part is among, if not the most expensive part of the ESOP.

Andre Schnabl: [00:32:36] Well, I can give you some numbers and you know this business better than I do. The cost associated with giving the trustee what they need, that fairness opinion is heavily dependent on the target company. Generally speaking, the larger the transaction, the more expensive the valuation. But also, the complexity of the valuation may be driven by the kind of business that the company is in. The valuation therefore can be anything from $25,000 up, depending on the size and complexity. However, we haven’t talked about all the savings associated with this transaction-

Michael Blake: [00:33:24] Yes.

Andre Schnabl: [00:33:25] … which generally funds all of these expenses. And without getting ahead of myself, when we get to that point, you will very quickly see that selling to an ESOP is less expensive than selling to a third-party.

Michael Blake: [00:33:39] Well, you know what, it’s Friday. Let’s go ahead and get ahead of ourselves. So-

Andre Schnabl: [00:33:43] All right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:43] … let’s talk about what those cost savings look like because they are significant, but they’re also a little bit complicated. So, let’s walk through that a little bit.

Andre Schnabl: [00:33:52] Okay. Well, essentially, an ESOP-owned company gets a unique set of tax deductions that no other entity gets. We’ve already talked about the fact that if it’s an S corp, you don’t even care what tax deductions you’ve got because the company is effectively a tax-exempt entity. But let’s assume that it’s a C corp, the C corp gets a tax deduction equal to 25 percent of its payroll over and above its payroll itself.

Michael Blake: [00:34:31] Wow.

Andre Schnabl: [00:34:31] So, essentially, they get a tax deduction which represents 125 percent of its payroll. So, if a company is a professional services firm, where its primary cost of delivery is salaries and compensation, you can imagine that it’s very easy to drive down your taxable income to zero when you’ve got that tax deduction which represents 125 percent of your primary cost. In manufacturing, same thing, labor cost is huge. So, you’ve got a huge tax deduction. So, what is the value associated with that 25 percent tax deduction? It usually exceeds the cost of that valuation that you were talking about. And so, effectively, it is a very tax-efficient and cost-efficient way of selling your business.

Michael Blake: [00:35:29] Now, do all employees participate in ESOP? Is there an option to exclude some employees either from the owner side or from the employee side, if they choose they don’t want to be a member?

Andre Schnabl: [00:35:40] No, there is no choice.

Michael Blake: [00:35:41] Okay.

Andre Schnabl: [00:35:41] This is a qualified plan and you cannot discriminate. Everybody has to participate. Now, their level of participation is dependent on their personal compensation. So, not everybody participates at the same level, but everybody is required to participate at some level.

Michael Blake: [00:36:04] Okay. So, one of the other features of an ESOP that makes it so different is that it is a government-regulated entity, right, by the Department of Labor, if I’m not mistaken, under ERISA from the 1970’s Employee Retirement Income Security Act, if I did that correctly.

Andre Schnabl: [00:36:25] Well done, Michael.

Michael Blake: [00:36:25] Oh boy. So, what are the implications of that external regulation? Do they add a level of risk? Do they interfere in the business? Is there a lot of activity of the Department of Labor as taking actions against companies? How do you see that environment?

Andre Schnabl: [00:36:45] And let us consider the Department of Labor as you might consider the IRS. As a company that is a taxpayer, you’re always subject to potential audit. And if you’ve been doing something that is untoward or potentially illegal or irresponsible, you may get sideways with the IRS. The same thing with the Department of Labor. The Department of Labor has the right to audit the filings that an ESOP is required to file every year. But in the event that that filing doesn’t raise any questions, you don’t hear from the Department of Labor. If you’ve been doing something a little strange or something that raises a number of questions, then it is true, you’re subject to a Department of Labor audit.

Andre Schnabl: [00:37:37] And if they believe that there is something that is being done that is inappropriate, you are potentially subject to legal risk as a result of that. So, I don’t consider the risks to be enhanced any more than somebody who doesn’t pay their taxes and they should. So, there have been court cases brought against trustees and selling shareholders as a result of litigation brought by employees and third parties, but that is infrequent. And when you look at the history, the chances of that happening is as remote as you being thrown into jail because you were a bad boy by the IRS.

Michael Blake: [00:38:26] Okay. And I actually could touch on one question that I want to make sure we get back to, which is the ongoing role of the trustee, right? And for our listeners, you know, that the trustee’s role in ESOP, as I understand, is that of a fiduciary, meaning that the trustee is there to represent the interests of the employees who are the participants in the ESOP. How involved or engaged is a trustee in the business of the ESOP? Do they effectively serve as a board member? Do they have veto rights over certain corporate actions? What does that role look like?

Andre Schnabl: [00:39:03] That’s a great question, Mike. And we get that question a lot from selling shareholders. The reality is that the selling shareholder, although they have sold a part of their company or potentially 100 percent of their company, they still control the board of directors. The trustee has absolutely no interest in being a board member or in running the board or participating in running the business.

Andre Schnabl: [00:39:32] They know as well as anybody that the people who built this business are the best people to run this business. Having said that, there are certain items where trustee approval is required and where a vote of the shares held in the trust is required. An example would be if an ESOP-owned company is approached by a third party to buy the business, then the board of directors has to consider whether that offer would be good for all the shareholders, which includes the employees who are represented by the trustee.

Andre Schnabl: [00:40:15] And so, in the sale of a business to a third party, the trustee needs to support the transaction. Generally, what would happen, the board would evaluate the transaction, would conclude that this is a deal that they’d like to do and then, they would approach the trustee and show why this is good for all shareholders and the trustee would sign off. But on all operating decisions and most strategic decisions, the trustee has absolutely no interest.

Andre Schnabl: [00:40:48] In the absence of something nefarious occurring, if the trustee became suspicious that, for example, the selling shareholders had granted a bonus or a distribution to themselves outside of the agreed upon deal terms, then the trustee would have a right to demand an explanation. But they are, quite frankly, from a practical standpoint, invisible other than once a year reviewing the annual valuation that we talked about previously.

Michael Blake: [00:41:31] Okay. So, we’re running out of time. We have time for a couple more questions. One question I want to make sure I get out there is how permanent is an ESOP? If I decide, you know, I have a company that decided, “Can we go do an ESOP?” But I’m concerned, maybe five years from now, maybe I don’t like the ESOP so much. Can an ESOP be canceled, terminated like a benefit plan sometimes is or once it’s there, is it pretty much there, carved in stone?

Andre Schnabl: [00:42:07] The answer is once you’ve decided to sell your business to an ESOP, they are now the owners. And in the event that you want to buy back your business, which is absolutely within your power, you need to cut a deal with now the seller who is the trustee. Just as selling to a third party needs a trustee approval, if you want to buy it back, you need trustee approval. So, it is cast in stone in the sense that you can’t just tear up the documents and pretend it never happened. But you can very much reverse it by buying it back or selling to a third party.

Andre Schnabl: [00:42:54] In fact, an ESOP-owned company is a wonderful vehicle for an intermediate step in a roll up. For example, if you were a professional services firm, sell it to an ESOP, you now have a tax-exempt entity that has a lot of cash and a very attractive platform to be a buyer for other professional service firms. So, you can build a business, you can grow your business through acquisitions before you decide to sell the entire shooting match to a third party. So, it is a wonderful way to build wealth and then, flip it out to a third party using an ESOP platform to accelerate that growth because you preserve cash because of the tax efficiency we talked about.

Michael Blake: [00:43:47] So, in effect, it’s really no different than if you have another shareholder in your company to say, “Hey, I’d like to buy your share.” “Okay. Let’s talk” or “I’m not interested.” Same kind of conversation.

Andre Schnabl: [00:43:57] That is correct. That is correct. There is one thing that we haven’t talked about and because we are getting to the end of our time that I want to bring up, that the selling shareholders, they sell their company for fair value. But there is also an opportunity for them to get an amount over and above fair value. And that sounds a little bit too good to be true. Let me tell you how that happens. Because selling shareholders are waiting for all of their money, they get compensated for that wait. And they get compensated by being issued warrants in the business.

Andre Schnabl: [00:44:39] And a warrant is the right to buy shares in the business at a price that is agreed upon. And so, as the business grows after you’ve sold the business, their warrant position becomes more and more valuable. That warrant position can be as much as 20 or 30 percent of the entire business. So, if you just think about this, if you’ve got a growing business, that 20 or 30 percent will grow in a business that is no longer paying taxes. Very often over a decade, that 20 or 30 percent is worth more than the entire business was worth the day you sold it. So, that warrant position should not be forgotten. It is something that is unique to these ESOPs.

Michael Blake: [00:45:31] I’m glad you brought that up because candidly, I did not know that. And you’re right. It does sound too good to be true. It sounds very much like, you know, you’re literally getting two bites of the apple.

Andre Schnabl: [00:45:43] That’s right. This is-

Michael Blake: [00:45:43] You sell your company but you still maintain a foothold in the company so you participate in the upside.

Andre Schnabl: [00:45:49] Absolutely. It is the second bite of the apple. But you’re financing a transaction that is for the benefit of employees, you deserve compensation and you get that compensation through the warrant position we’ve been talking about.

Michael Blake: [00:46:04] Well, we’ve covered a lot of ground here. And thank you, Andre, for helping us work through what is a very technical and complex topic, a lot of moving parts. I suspect a few listeners will find that they want to learn more about ESOPs to see if it’s right for their company. How can they reach you to learn more about this topic?

Andre Schnabl: [00:46:24] Well, my name is Andre Schnabl and my telephone number, 404-372-2759. And pay tenorcapital.com a visit on the web and you’ll see how to get a hold of us by email and you get to learn a little bit more about our firm.

Michael Blake: [00:46:44] Okay. Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Andre Schnabl so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review through your favorite podcasts aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company and this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, employee owned business, employee stock ownership plan, ERISA, ERISA Legal Compliance, ESOP, exit strategy, exit strategy planning, fairness opinion, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, private equity, professional services firms, renasant bank, Tenor Capital Partners, United Airlines, warrants

  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • …
  • 8
  • Next Page »

Business RadioX ® Network


 

Our Most Recent Episode

CONNECT WITH US

  • Email
  • Facebook
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Our Mission

We help local business leaders get the word out about the important work they’re doing to serve their market, their community, and their profession.

We support and celebrate business by sharing positive business stories that traditional media ignores. Some media leans left. Some media leans right. We lean business.

Sponsor a Show

Build Relationships and Grow Your Business. Click here for more details.

Partner With Us

Discover More Here

Terms and Conditions
Privacy Policy

Connect with us

Want to keep up with the latest in pro-business news across the network? Follow us on social media for the latest stories!
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • Google+
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Business RadioX® Headquarters
1000 Abernathy Rd. NE
Building 400, Suite L-10
Sandy Springs, GA 30328

© 2025 Business RadioX ® · Rainmaker Platform

BRXStudioCoversLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of LA Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDENVER

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Denver Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversPENSACOLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Pensacola Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversBIRMINGHAM

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Birmingham Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversTALLAHASSEE

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Tallahassee Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRALEIGH

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Raleigh Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRICHMONDNoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Richmond Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversNASHVILLENoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Nashville Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDETROIT

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Detroit Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversSTLOUIS

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of St. Louis Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCOLUMBUS-small

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Columbus Business Radio

Coachthecoach-08-08

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Coach the Coach

BRXStudioCoversBAYAREA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Bay Area Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCHICAGO

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Chicago Business Radio

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Atlanta Business Radio